FORM 10-K
Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

 

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2011

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM                     TO                     .

COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 0-23599

 

 

MERCURY COMPUTER SYSTEMS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

MASSACHUSETTS   04-2741391

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

201 RIVERNECK ROAD

CHELMSFORD, MA

  01824
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

978-256-1300

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

 

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934:

 

Title of Each Class

 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

Common Stock, Par Value $.01 Per Share

Preferred Stock Purchase Rights

  NASDAQ Global Select Market

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934: NONE

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 229.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  ¨    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  ¨  Accelerated filer  x  Non-accelerated filer  ¨  Smaller reporting company  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

The aggregate market value of the Common Stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $426.9 million based upon the closing price of the Common Stock as reported on the Nasdaq Global Select Market on December 31, 2010, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter.

Shares of Common Stock outstanding as of July 29, 2011: 30,329,582 shares

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for its Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on October 21, 2011 (the “Proxy Statement”) are incorporated by reference into Part III of this report.

Exhibit Index on Page 98

 

 

 


Table of Contents

MERCURY COMPUTER SYSTEMS, INC.

INDEX

 

          PAGE
NUMBER
 
  

PART I

  

Item 1.

  

Business

     3   

Item 1A.

  

Risk Factors

     14   

Item 1B.

  

Unresolved Staff Comments

     29   

Item 2.

  

Properties

     29   

Item 3.

  

Legal Proceedings

     30   

Item 4.

  

Removed and Reserved

     30   

Item 4.1.

  

Executive Officers of the Registrant

     30   
  

PART II

  

Item 5.

  

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

     32   

Item 6.

  

Selected Financial Data

     32   

Item 7.

  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     33   

Item 7A.

  

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

     54   

Item 8.

  

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

     58   

Item 9.

  

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

     91   

Item 9A.

  

Controls and Procedures

     91   

Item 9B.

  

Other Information

     91   
  

PART III

  

Item 10.

  

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

     92   

Item 11.

  

Executive Compensation

     92   

Item 12.

  

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

     94   

Item 13.

  

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

     94   

Item 14.

  

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

     94   
  

PART IV

  

Item 15.

  

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

     95   
  

Signatures

     97   
  

Exhibit Index

     98   

 

2


Table of Contents

PART I

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Actual results could differ materially from those set forth in the forward-looking statements. Certain factors that might cause such a difference are discussed in this annual report on Form 10-K, including in the section entitled “Risk Factors.”

When used in this report, the terms “Mercury,” “we,” “our,” “us,” and “the Company” refer to Mercury Computer Systems, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, except where the context otherwise requires or as otherwise indicated. The term “fiscal” with respect to a year refers to the period from July 1 to June 30. For example, fiscal 2011 refers to the period from July 1, 2010 to June 30, 2011.

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Our Company

We design, manufacture and market commercially-developed, high-performance embedded, real-time digital signal and image processing sub-systems and software for specialized defense and commercial computing markets. Our solutions play a critical role in a wide range of applications, transforming sensor data to information for analysis and interpretation. In military reconnaissance and surveillance platforms, our sub-systems process real-time radar, video, sonar and signals intelligence data. We provide microwave products for enhanced communications capabilities in military and commercial applications. Additionally, we entered the prime defense contracting market space in fiscal 2008 through the creation of our wholly-owned subsidiary, Mercury Federal Systems, Inc., to focus on reaching classified DoD markets as well as federal intelligence and homeland security agencies.

Our products and solutions address mission-critical requirements within the defense industry for C4ISR (command, control, communications, computers, intelligence, surveillance and reconnaissance) and electronic warfare, or EW, systems and services, and target several markets including maritime defense, airborne reconnaissance, ballistic missile defense, ground mobile and force protection systems and tactical communications and network systems. Our products or solutions have been deployed in approximately 300 different programs with over 25 different prime defense contractors.

Our revenue, income from continuing operations and adjusted EBITDA for fiscal 2011 were $228.7 million, $18.5 million and $40.9 million, respectively. Our revenue, income from continuing operations and adjusted EBITDA for fiscal 2010 were $199.8 million, $28.1 million and $29.9 million, respectively. Our revenue, income from continuing operations and adjusted EBITDA for fiscal 2009 were $188.9 million, $7.9 million and $22.9 million, respectively. See page 27 of this annual report for a reconciliation of our adjusted EBITDA to income from continuing operations.

Our operations are organized in the following two business units:

Advanced Computing Solutions, or ACS. This business unit is focused on specialized, high performance signal end-to-end processing solutions that encompass signal acquisition including microwave front-end, digitalization, computing, storage and communications, targeted to key market segments, including defense, communications and other commercial applications. ACS’s open system architecture solutions span the full range of embedded technologies from board level products to fully integrated sub-systems. Our products utilize leading-edge processor technologies designed to address highly data-intensive applications that include signal, sensor and image processing within environmentally constrained military and commercial applications. In addition, ACS now has a portfolio of Microwave sub-assemblies to address needs in EW, SIGINT, ELINT and high bandwidth communications subsystems.

 

3


Table of Contents

These products are highly optimized for size, weight and power, as well as for the performance and ruggedization requirements of our customers. Customized design and sub-systems integration services extend our capabilities to tailor solutions to meet the specialized requirements of our customers. In fiscal 2011, ACS accounted for 95% of our total net revenues.

Mercury Federal Systems, or MFS. This business unit is focused on services and support work with the Department of Defense, or the DoD, and federal intelligence and homeland security agencies, including designing and engineering new intelligence, surveillance and reconnaissance, or ISR, capabilities to address present and emerging threats to U.S. forces. MFS is part of our long-term strategy to expand our software and services presence and pursue growth in platform-ready ISR sub-systems, particularly those with classified intellectual property. MFS offers a wide range of engineering architecture and design services that enable clients to deploy leading edge computing capabilities for ISR systems on an accelerated time cycle. This business unit enables us to combine classified intellectual property with the commercially-developed application-ready sub-systems being developed by ACS, providing customers with platform-ready, affordable ISR sub-systems. In fiscal 2011, MFS accounted for 5% of our total net revenues.

Recent Developments

On January 12, 2011, we completed the acquisition of LNX Corporation, or LNX, a designer and manufacturer of next generation radio frequency receivers for signals intelligence, communications intelligence and electronic attack applications. Under the terms of the stock purchase agreement, we acquired LNX for an all-cash purchase price of $31.0 million plus an earn-out of up to $5.0 million payable upon the achievement of financial targets in calendar years 2011 and 2012. We believe the successful acquisition of LNX represents a significant step in our growth strategy and strongly augments our existing capabilities within our core markets. LNX enables us to capitalize on our existing program presence while providing new capabilities that will allow us to target additional opportunities. LNX’s position as a key supplier to the prime contractor under the JCREW 3.3 program significantly increases our content on that platform. We believe that LNX’s technology and market presence could also strengthen our MFS business.

On February 16, 2011, we completed a follow-on public stock offering of 5,577,500 shares of common stock, which were sold at a price to the public of $17.75. The follow-on public stock offering resulted in $93.6 million of net proceeds to us.

Our History

Since 1981, we have operated as a provider of advanced embedded computing products primarily for end markets in the defense industry. Over time, we expanded our business to focus on a number of commercial end markets, including the biotechnology, embedded systems and professional services, visual imaging software and life sciences markets. While this strategy was designed to expand our target market, in the mid-2000’s many of these new businesses required large investments, which significantly reduced our profitability, and we found ourselves spread across several disparate, unprofitable end-user segments.

In November 2007, Mark Aslett joined Mercury as chief executive officer in order to execute a strategy to refocus the business and return our Company to growth and profitability. Since then, Mr. Aslett and the current management team have successfully sold or shut down five non-core business units, returned the Company to profitability and growth and are transforming the Company into a best-of-breed provider of affordable, open architecture, commercially-developed, application-ready and multi-intelligence sub-systems for our primary defense embedded computing end markets. Our refocused business combined with improved operations has led to improved overall financial performance, including:

 

   

increasing defense sales from $111.3 million in fiscal 2007 to $179.1 million in fiscal 2011 representing approximately 61% growth, or 13% on a compounded annual rate, and increasing defense sales as percentage of revenue from 55% in fiscal 2007 to 78% in fiscal 2011;

 

4


Table of Contents
   

increasing income from continuing operations from a loss of $28.9 million in fiscal 2007 to income of $18.5 million in fiscal 2011 and increasing income from continuing operations from negative 14% for fiscal 2007 to 8% for fiscal 2011;

 

   

improving our cash flow, with negative cash flow from operations of $10.3 million in fiscal 2007 to positive cash flow from operations of $31.5 million in fiscal 2011; and

 

   

improving our balance sheet by reducing total indebtedness from $125.0 million at June 30, 2007 to zero at June 30, 2010 and June 30, 2011.

During this period of improving financial performance, we continued to have success on programs such as Aegis, Global Hawk, Predator and Reaper and have reinvested in our business. We improved our position as a best-of-breed provider in our target markets, with major design wins including the Patriot missile program, the JCREW 3.3 program, which is the DoD’s principal program to counter improvised explosive devices, or IEDs, and the Surface Electronic Warfare Improvement Program, or SEWIP, the EW improvement program for surface vessels to counteract a variety of emerging threats. In fiscal 2010, we grew organically, improved our working capital position and profitability metrics, and continued to refresh our product portfolio, and grew our services and systems integration business. We strengthened our position in our core ISR, EW and ballistic missile defense markets and believe our position in these markets will continue to grow. In fiscal 2011, we continued to strengthen and grow our core business by enhancing our current product portfolio and increasing our ISR domain expertise and capabilities. We continue to be successful on our existing programs and to pursue new design wins on high growth, high priority programs. In response to new and emerging threats, and the need for better intelligence in shorter time frames, we have developed new products and capabilities that, in conjunction with our customers, seek to address those areas of concern. We have also grown and anticipate growing further through acquisitions of performing companies that will complement, strengthen and grow our core business. As a result of these efforts, we believe we are well-positioned to capture existing and future growth opportunities in our end markets.

Our Market Opportunity

Our market opportunity is defined by the growing demand for advanced signal processing capabilities within the defense industry. Our primary market is the defense sector, specifically EW, ballistic missile defense and C4ISR; and commercial markets, which include commercial communications and other commercial computing markets. We believe we are well-positioned in growing, sustainable market segments of the defense sector that leverage advanced technology to improve warfighter capability and provide enhanced force protection capabilities.

We believe there are a number of evolving trends that are reshaping our target market and accordingly provide us with attractive growth opportunities, including:

The U.S. defense electronics market is large and modestly growing. We have expanded our target market and are well-positioned from a DoD budget, program and platform perspective. Despite expected DoD defense budget cuts, the portion most relevant to our business is projected to remain strong. DoD defense electronics spending was approximately $38.2 billion in government fiscal year 2010, and is projected to increase to $39.5 billion in government fiscal year 2011. Defense electronic spending represents approximately 6% of the total DoD spending annually. We believe ISR, EW and ballistic missile defense have a high priority for future DoD spending. We have positioned ourselves well in these important areas and have won a position on many programs and platforms. We are a best-of-breed provider in the design and development of performance optimized electronic sub-systems for the ISR market. As a leader in this market, we often contract with multiple prime defense contractors as they bid for a particular project, thereby increasing our chance of a successful outcome.

The rapidly expanding demand for tactical ISR is leading to significant growth in sensor data, causing even greater demand for the capability of our products to process data onboard the platform. An increase in the

 

5


Table of Contents

prevalence and resolution of ISR sensors is generating significant growth in the associated data that needs to be turned into information for the warfighter in a timely manner. In addition, several factors are driving the defense and intelligence industries to demand greater capability to collect and process data onboard the aircraft, unmanned aerial vehicles, or UAVs, ships and other vehicles, which we refer to collectively as platforms. Each platform has limited communications bandwidth and cannot realistically transmit all the data that is collected onboard the platform, and this problem will increase over time as sensor generated data will continue to outstrip data communication capabilities. Looking forward, we believe our armed forces will need platforms that operate more autonomously and possibly in denied communication environments. In addition, the platforms themselves require increased persistence, and reducing the need to communicate data off the platform can help increase the ability of the platform to remain on or fly above the battlefield for extended periods. Finally, the scarcity and cost of human analysts, the demand for timely and relevant quality information and the increasing need to fuse data not only from multiple onboard sensors but also with intelligence generated from other platforms is causing even greater demand for the onboard processing capabilities our products provide.

IEDs, rogue nations’ missile programs and threats from peer nations are causing greater investment in new EW and ballistic missile defense capabilities. Existing threats, such as IEDs in the form of roadside bombs, continue to be effective weapons of choice for insurgents. We have developed responses for these existing threats, including providing the core radio frequency and signal processing for the JCREW 3.3 counter-IED program. Our acquisition of LNX increased our content on the JCREW 3.3 program by over 40%, and this program has the potential to become the largest single program we have won in our history.

There are also new and emerging threats, such as peer nations developing stealth technologies, including stealth aircraft and new anti-ship ballistic missiles that potentially threaten the U.S. naval fleet. Finally, U.S. armed forces require enhanced signals intelligence and jamming capabilities. In response to these emerging threats, we have engaged in the following:

 

   

we provide the core radar processing on both the Aegis ballistic missile defense systems as well as the Patriot missile system, a ground-based missile defense platform;

 

   

in the fall of 2010, we were selected by Lockheed Martin to work on SEWIP, the surface EW improvement program designed to upgrade the Naval Surface Fleet EW capability and counteract a range of new peer threats;

 

   

we provide radar processing capabilities for the F-22 Raptor and F-35 Joint Strike Fighter, the latest generation of U.S. stealth-enabled fighters; and

 

   

to respond to the need for enhanced signals intelligence and jamming capabilities, we recently achieved a new design win for the next generation of the airborne signals intelligence payload, or ASIP, program.

The long-term DoD budget pressure is pushing more dollars toward upgrades of the electronic sub-systems on existing platforms, which may increase demand for our products. The DoD is moving from major new weapons systems developments to upgrades of the electronic sub-systems on existing platforms. These upgrades are expected to include more sensors, signal processing, ISR algorithms, multi-INT fusion, computing and communications. We believe that upgrades to provide new urgent war fighting capability, driven by combatant commanders, are occurring more rapidly than traditional prime defense contractors can easily react to. We believe these trends will cause prime defense contractors to increasingly seek out our high performance, cost-effective open architecture products.

Defense procurement reform is causing the prime defense contractors to outsource more work to best-of-breed companies. The U.S. government is intensely focused on making systems more affordable and shortening their development time. As a company that provides commercial items to the defense industry, we believe our products are often more affordable than products with the same functionality developed by a prime defense contractor. Prime defense contractors are increasingly being asked to work under firm fixed price contract awards, which can pressure profit margins and increase program risk. Prime defense contractors are also

 

6


Table of Contents

being asked to produce systems much more rapidly than they have in the past. In addition, the U.S. government is demanding more use of commercial items and open system architectures. In this budget environment, there are fewer research and development dollars available with which prime defense contractors can invest early-on to differentiate their offerings while competing for new program awards or recompetes. As a result, prime defense contractors are generally trying to adjust their cost model from a high fixed cost model to a variable cost model. All of these factors are forcing the prime defense contractors to outsource more work to best-of-breed subcontractors, and we have transformed our business model over the last several years to address these long-term outsourcing needs and other trends.

The chart below highlights the existing and emerging threats, the markets that have developed around those threats and how our solutions and products work within these markets.

 

Existing and

Emerging Threats

 

Markets

 

DoD Programs

 

Our Solutions and Products

IEDs/Roadside Bombs   Electronic Warfare   JCREW 3.3—counter-IED   Signal processing and radio frequency receiver for prime defense contractor
Insurgents   C4ISR   Global Hawk, Predator and Reaper UAVs   Sensor processing for prime defense contractor
    Classified wide area airborne surveillance program   Sensor processing payload provider for prime defense contractor
  Electronic Warfare   ASIP Predator and Global Hawk UAVs   Sensor processing for prime defense contractor
Rogue Nation Missile Threat   Ballistic Missile Defense  

Patriot missile

AEGIS

  Radar processing for prime defense contractor
Peer Nation Stealth Fighter   C4ISR  

F22 Raptor

F35 Joint Strike Fighter

  Radar processing for prime defense contractor
Peer Nation Threats to U.S. Naval Surface Fleet   Electronic Warfare   SEWIP   Radio frequency receiver for prime defense contractor

Our Business Strategy

Our long-term strategy is to become a “national asset” and mission critical supplier to the defense and intelligence community and a leading provider of more affordable, open architecture, commercially-developed, application-ready and multi-intelligence sub-systems.

We intend to achieve this objective through continued investment in advanced new products and solutions development in ACS in the fields of radio frequency, analog to digital and digital to analog conversion, advanced multi- and many-core signal processing systems, digital storage solutions as well as software defined communications capabilities. In fiscal 2008, we established our services and systems integration, or SSI, business to become a commercial outsourcing partner to the large prime defense contractors as they seek the more rapid design, development and delivery of affordable, best-of-breed, application-ready ISR sub-system solutions. We believe that services-led engagements in SSI may lead to long-term production sub-system annuity revenues that will continue long after the initial services are delivered. This business model positions us to be paid for work we would have previously expensed through our own income statement, to team concurrently with multiple prime defense contractors as they pursue new business with the government, and to engage with our customers much earlier in the design cycle and ahead of our competition. In fiscal 2008, we also established MFS—the ISR

 

7


Table of Contents

systems and technology services arm of Mercury. Our goal in MFS is to enhance the application-ready sub-systems from ACS with classified, domain-specific intellectual property that results in the delivery of platform-ready ISR sub-system solutions to our customers.

Key elements of our strategy to accomplish our continued growth objectives include:

Achieve Design Wins on High Growth, High Priority Defense Programs. We believe that the most significant long-term, leading indicator in our business is the number and probable value of design wins awarded. We believe our advanced embedded signal processing solutions position us well going forward to capture design wins on key high growth, high priority defense programs within our targeted segments of the C4ISR market. Last year, we won designs in persistent ISR related signals intelligence payloads on UAVs and other aerial platforms. As a result of these successes, we now have significant content on all major UAV platforms, including Global Hawk, Predator, Broad Area Maritime Surveillance (BAMS), Reaper and a wide area airborne surveillance platform. Our ballistic missile defense wins include additional designs on the Aegis program, as well as continued foreign military sales for the Patriot missile program. In EW, we won key designs related to the JCREW 3.3 next-generation counter-IED program and the Navy’s SEWIP program. Together, these wins represent a substantial opportunity for us in the years ahead.

Continue to Provide Excellent Performance on Our Existing Programs. The foundation for our growth remains our continued involvement with existing programs that are in late-stage development or currently in production, such as Aegis, the F-35 Joint Strike Fighter, Patriot missile, the F-16 aircraft and the Global Hawk, Predator and Reaper UAV programs. As part of a long-term reprioritization, the DoD is shifting its emphasis from major new weapons systems development to upgrades of existing programs and platforms. The upgrades on these programs focus on four key areas: improved sensors; more advanced on-board embedded computing; enhanced ISR algorithms; and better communications on and off the platform. A key element of our strategy is to continue to provide high performance, cost-effective solutions on these programs and for these customers as a best-of-breed provider.

Pursue Strategic, Capability-Enhancing Acquisitions. We will continue to pursue selective strategic acquisitions of profitable growing businesses to augment both our ACS and MFS businesses using the following strategies: adding technologies or products that expand ACS’ core business by competing more effectively in the ISR and EW markets; adding content and services to the defense and intelligence programs and platforms in which we currently participate or could participate in the future; and adding an ISR platform company that we can build around in our MFS business. Our recent acquisition of LNX supports all three of these objectives. Adding LNX to our business significantly strengthens our product portfolio in radio frequency and our capabilities in signals intelligence and EW. LNX’s position as a key supplier to the prime defense contractor under the JCREW 3.3 program significantly increases our content on that platform. We believe that LNX’s technology and market presence could also strengthen our MFS business.

Rapidly Scale MFS to Provide Fully Integrated Sub-systems for ISR Applications in Classified Programs. Through MFS, we intend to become a services-led, best-of-breed ISR sub-systems provider to our prime defense contractors for classified programs. Through the addition of key personnel, high-level security clearances and new defense and intelligence community customers, MFS will provide us access to critical classified government intellectual property that we can integrate with our existing ACS embedded computing solutions in order to provide fully integrated, platform ready ISR sub-systems. We believe MFS differentiates us from our competitors and places us in a stronger position to serve as the sub-systems architect for next-generation ISR programs and platforms.

Capitalize on Outsourcing and Other Dynamics in the Defense and Intelligence Industries. We are well-positioned to take advantage of several changing dynamics in the defense industry. Prime defense contractors are increasingly being awarded firm fixed price contracts. These contracts shift risk to the prime contractors, and as a result they are beginning to outsource increasing levels of sub-system development and production and other

 

8


Table of Contents

higher value program content. In addition, the U.S. government is shifting toward shorter program timelines, which require increased flexibility and responsiveness from prime contractors. Finally, more programs are moving to open systems architectures encompassing best-of-breed capabilities. We believe that these dynamics will result in prime contractors outsourcing increasing levels of program content to us as a best-of-breed provider of differentiated products, sub-systems engineering services and system integration.

Leverage Our Research and Development Efforts to Anticipate Market Needs and Maintain our Technology Leadership. Our high performance, quick reaction ISR sub-systems and capabilities require increasingly more sophisticated hardware, software and middleware technology. In addition, as the defense and intelligence industries shift to ISR products with open systems architecture, we believe that our software expertise will become increasingly important and differentiate us from many of our competitors as we have the ability to map complex algorithms onto size, weight, and power-constrained on-board embedded computing solutions. We have substantially and will continue to refresh both our signal processing and multicomputer product lines while increasing our product development velocity. Faster product development velocity aligns us with the U.S. government’s demands on the prime defense contractors for quick reaction capabilities. By shortening our product development times, we have been able to quickly launch the products we need to win new designs from the prime contractor community that will ultimately generate bookings and revenue for us. We intend to continue to utilize company and customer-funded research and development, as well as our acquisition strategy, to develop technologies, products and solutions that have significant potential for near-term and long-term value creation in both the defense and intelligence markets. We devote significant resources in order to anticipate the future requirements in our target defense and intelligence markets, including monitoring and pioneering advances in advanced embedded computing hardware and software, anticipating changes in U.S. government spending and procurement practices and leveraging insight from direct interaction with our customers.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following competitive strengths will allow us to take advantage of the evolving trends in our industry and successfully pursue our business strategy:

Best-of-Breed Sub-System Solutions Provider for the C4ISR Market. Through our commercially-developed, high-performance embedded signal processing solutions, we address the challenges associated with the collection and processing of massive, continuous streams of data and dramatically shorten the time that it takes to give information to U.S. armed forces at the tactical edge. Our solutions are specifically designed for flexibility and interoperability, allowing our products to be easily integrated into larger system-level solutions. Our ability to integrate sub-system-level capabilities allows us to provide solutions that most effectively address the mission-critical challenges within the C4ISR market, including multi-intelligence data fusion and intelligence processing onboard the platform.

Diverse Mix of Stable, High Growth Programs Aligned with DoD Funding Priorities. Our products have been deployed in approximately 300 different programs with over 25 different prime contractors. We serve high priority markets for the DoD and foreign militaries, such as UAVs, ballistic missile defense, airborne reconnaissance, EW and jamming of IEDs, and have secured positions on mission-critical programs including Aegis, Predator and Reaper UAVs, F-35 Joint Strike Fighter, Patriot missile, JCREW 3.3 and SEWIP. In addition, we consistently leverage our technology and capability across 15 to 20 programs on an annual basis, providing significant operating leverage and cost savings.

Value-Added Sub-System Solution Provider for Prime Defense Contractors. The DoD’s shift towards a firm fixed price contract procurement model is pushing prime defense contractors to pursue outsourcing opportunities to mitigate the increased program and financial risk. Our differentiated advanced signal processing solutions offer meaningful capabilities upgrades for our customers and enable the rapid, cost-effective deployment of systems to the end customer. We believe our open architecture sub-systems offer differentiated signal processing and data fusion capabilities that cannot be easily replicated. Our solutions minimize program risk, maximize application portability, and accelerate customers’ time to market.

 

9


Table of Contents

MFS Enables the Delivery of Platform-Ready Solutions for Classified Programs. MFS was created in fiscal 2008 to enable us to directly pursue systems integration opportunities within the DoD and U.S. intelligence community. We believe the development work through MFS will provide us leverage and implement key classified government intellectual property, including critical intelligence and signal processing algorithms. We believe that MFS also provides us the opportunity to directly integrate this intellectual property onto our existing advanced computing solutions, enabling us to deliver platform-ready integrated ISR sub-systems that leverage our open architecture solutions and address key government technology and procurement concerns. MFS operations in this environment will also influence future product development so that critical future needs can be met in a timely manner.

Long-Standing Industry Relationships. We have established long-standing relationships with prime defense contractors, the U.S. government and other key organizations in the defense and intelligence industries over our 30 years in the defense electronics industry. Our customers include The Boeing Company, Lockheed Martin Corporation, Northrop Grumman Corporation, and Raytheon Company, many of whom have been valued and loyal customers for more than a decade. Over this period, we have become recognized for our ability to develop new technologies and meet stringent program requirements. Our demonstrated track record of delivering high-performance embedded signal processing solutions helped us to acquire new customers, such as ITT Electronic Systems, for whom we are providing the processing content on the JCREW 3.3 counter-IED program. We believe we are well-positioned to maintain these high-level customer engagements.

Proven Management Team. Over the past several years, our senior management team has refocused the Company on its economic core, developed a long-term compelling strategy for the defense market and restored profitability to the business. Having completed these critical steps to rebuild the Company and with a senior management team with significant experience in growing and scaling businesses, both through operating execution and acquisitions, we believe that we have demonstrated our operational capabilities and we are well-positioned for the next phase to transform, grow and scale our business.

Our Solutions and Products

Services and Systems Integration

As part of our strategy, we are continuing to invest in our SSI capability. Our SSI group is tasked with partnering with prime defense contractors to deliver sub-system level engineering expertise as well as ongoing systems integration services. Our SSI capability addresses our strategy to capitalize on the $2.7 billion sub-system market within the defense embedded electronics market segment.

As the U.S. government mandates more outsourcing and open standards, a major shift is occurring within the prime defense contractors toward procurement of integrated sub-systems that enable quick application level porting through standards-based methodologies. We believe that our core expertise in this area is well aligned to capitalize on this trend. By leveraging our open architecture and high performance modular product set, we provide prime defense contractors with rapid deployment and quick reaction capabilities through our professional services and systems integration offerings. This results in less risk for the prime defense contractors, shortened development cycles, quicker solution deployment and reduced lifecycle costs.

Software Products

We actively design, market and sell complete software and middleware environments to accelerate development and execution of complex signal and image processing applications on a broad range of heterogeneous, multi-computing platforms. Our software suite is based on open standards and includes heterogeneous processor support with extensive high performance math libraries, multi-computing fabric support, net-centric and system management enabling services, extended operating system services, board support packages and development tools. This set of software and middleware provides customer algorithm level portability across rapidly evolving hardware processor types with math and input/output, or I/O, interfaces running at industry leading performance rates. In order to develop, test and integrate software ahead of hardware

 

10


Table of Contents

availability, we have invested in the notion of a Virtual Multi-Computer which we have branded Virtual ARS (Application Ready Sub-system™). The Virtual ARS model allows for concurrent engineering internally and with customers to accelerate time to deployment, improve quality and reduce development costs. In most cases, these software products are bundled together with broader solutions including hardware and/or services, while in other cases they are licensed separately.

Our multi-computer software packages are marketed and licensed under the MultiCore Plus® registered trademark. These software products are a key differentiator for our systems business and represent only a modest amount of stand-alone revenue. We generally charge a user-based development license fee and bundle software run-time licenses with our hardware. We offer a standards-based software value proposition to our customers and provide this offer through several integrated software packages and service offerings.

Hardware Products

We offer a broad family of products designed to meet the full range of requirements in compute-intensive, signal processing and image processing applications, multi-computer interconnect fabrics, sensor interfaces and command and control functions. To maintain a competitive advantage, we seek to leverage technology investments across multiple product lines. We are also influential in the industry-standard organizations associated with our market segments. For example, we started the OpenVPX™ initiative with the goal of providing customers with multi-vendor interoperable hardware built to well-defined system standards.

Our hardware products are typically compute-intensive and require extremely high inter-processor bandwidth and high I/O capacity. These systems often must also meet significant size, weight and power constraints for use in aircraft, UAVs, ships and other vehicles, and be ruggedized for use in highly demanding use environments. They are used in both commercial industrial applications, such as ground radar air traffic control, and advanced defense applications, including space-time adaptive processing, synthetic aperture radar, airborne early warning, command control communication and information systems, mission planning, image intelligence and signal intelligence systems. Our products transform the massive streams of digital data created in these applications into usable information in real time. The systems can scale from a few processors to thousands of processors.

To address the current challenges facing the war fighter, our government and prime defense contractors, we have developed a new product architecture that supports a more dynamic, iterative, spiral development process by leveraging open architecture standards and leading-edge commercial technologies and products. Configured and productized as integrated sub-systems, customers can rapidly and cost-effectively port and adapt their applications to changing threats.

Our open architecture is carried throughout our entire Ensemble product line from the very small form-factor sub-systems to the high-end, where ultimate processing is of paramount importance to the mission. Our commercially-developed hardware and software product capabilities cover the entire ISR spectrum from acquisition and digitization of the signal, to processing of the signal, through the exploitation and dissemination of the information.

Research and Product Development

Our research and development efforts are focused on developing new products and systems as well as enhancing existing hardware and software products in signal and image processing. Our research and development goal is to fully exploit and maintain our technological lead in the high-performance, real-time signal processing industry.

Expenditures for research and development amounted to $44.5 million in fiscal 2011, $41.5 million in fiscal 2010, and $42.4 million in fiscal 2009. As of June 30, 2011, we had 225 employees, including hardware and

 

11


Table of Contents

software architects and design engineers, primarily engaged in engineering and research and product development activities. These individuals, in conjunction with our sales team, also devote a portion of their time to assisting customers in utilizing our products, developing new uses for these products and anticipating customer requirements for new products.

Manufacturing

Advanced Computing Solutions

The majority of our sales are produced in International Organization for Standardization, or ISO, 9001:2000 quality system certified facilities. The current scope of delivered hardware products includes commercial and industrial class printed circuit board assemblies (modules) and complex chassis systems. Our manufacturing operations consist primarily of materials planning and procurement, final assembly and test and logistics (inventory and traffic management). We subcontract the assembly and testing of most modules to contract manufacturers in the U.S. to build to our specifications. We currently rely primarily on one contract manufacturer. We have a comprehensive quality and process control plan for each of our products, which include an effective supply chain management program and the use of automated inspection and test equipment to assure the quality and reliability of our products. We perform most post sales service obligations (both warranty and other lifecycle support) in-house through a dedicated service and repair operation.

Although we generally use standard parts and components for our products, certain components, including custom designed ASICs, static random access memory, FPGAs, microprocessors and other third-party chassis peripherals (single board computers, power supplies, blowers, etc.), are currently available only from a single source or from limited sources. With the exception of certain components that have gone “end of life,” we strive to maintain minimal supply commitments from our vendors and generally purchase components on a purchase order basis as opposed to entering into long-term procurement agreements with vendors. We have generally been able to obtain adequate supplies of components in a timely manner from current vendors or, when necessary to meet production needs, from alternate vendors. We believe that, in most cases, alternate vendors can be identified if current vendors are unable to fulfill needs.

Mercury Federal Systems

As of June 30, 2011, MFS did not manufacture hardware. All hardware (e.g. computers and computer peripherals) is generally procured from our other subsidiaries or third-party suppliers.

Competition

Advanced Computing Solutions

The markets for our products are highly competitive and are characterized by rapidly changing technology, frequent product performance improvements, increasing speed of deployment to align with warfighters’ needs, and evolving industry standards and requirements coming from our customers or the DoD. Competition typically occurs at the design stage of a prospective customer’s product, where the customer evaluates alternative technologies and design approaches.

The principal competitive factors in our market are price/performance value proposition, available new products at the time of design win engagement, services and systems integration capability, effective marketing and sales efforts, and reputation in the market. Our competitive strengths include innovative engineering in both hardware and software products, sub-system design expertise, advanced packaging capability to deliver the most optimized size, weight and power solution possible, our ability to rapidly respond to varied customer requirements, and a track record of successfully supporting many high profile programs in both the commercial and defense markets. There are a limited number of competitors across the market segments and application

 

12


Table of Contents

types in which we compete. Some of these competitors are larger and have greater resources than us. Some of these competitors compete against us at purely a board-level, others at a sub-system level. We also compete with in-house design teams at our customers. The DoD as well as the prime defense contractors are pushing for more outsourcing of sub-system designs to mitigate risk and to enable concurrent design of the platform which ultimately leads to faster time to deployment. We are aligning our strategy to capitalize on that trend and leveraging our long standing sub-system expertise to provide this value to our customers.

A design win usually ensures, but does not always guarantee, that a customer will purchase our product until the next-generation system is developed. We believe that our future ability to compete effectively will depend, in part, upon our ability to improve product and process technologies, to develop new technologies, to maintain the performance advantages of products and processes relative to competitors, to adapt products and processes to technological changes, to identify and adopt emerging industry standards and to adapt to customer needs.

Mercury Federal Systems

The markets for our products and services are highly competitive and primarily focus on providing services to the federal contracting markets. MFS is focused on developing advanced solutions for emerging ISR system processing challenges in the federal space. Our targets are existing programs that are confronting modernization challenges and planned programs yet to be fielded. Our goal is to produce open, commercial item-based processing solutions that are platform agnostic.

Due to the competitive environment in which MFS operates, price and past performance are becoming as important as technical quality in most awards. Our primary competitors for our federal services are other small to large service-based companies that have long-standing customer relationships and program insights. We also face additional competition from platform and sensor developers that will continue to offer the government custom solutions packaged to support individual platform designs and point solution concepts. These companies, large and small, will want to maintain configuration control of compute processing architectures across their platforms in order to control systems upgrade and out-year modernization efforts. To win business, we will continue to offer program managers an alternative path to achieving interoperability and advanced processing dominant solutions for ISR applications.

Intellectual Property and Proprietary Rights

As of June 30, 2011, we held 39 patents of varying duration issued in the United States. We regularly file U.S. patent applications and, where appropriate, foreign patent applications. We also file continuations to cover both new and improved designs and products. At present, we have several U.S. and foreign patent applications in process.

We also rely on a combination of trade secret, copyright, and trademark laws, as well as contractual agreements, to safeguard our proprietary rights in technology and products. In seeking to limit access to sensitive information to the greatest practical extent, we routinely enter into confidentiality and assignment of invention agreements with each of our employees and consultants and nondisclosure agreements with our key customers and vendors.

Backlog

As of June 30, 2011, we had a backlog of orders aggregating approximately $86.9 million, of which $70.6 million is expected to be delivered within the next twelve months. As of June 30, 2010, backlog was approximately $104.6 million. The defense backlog at June 30, 2011 was $81.5 million, a $4.7 million increase from June 30, 2010. We include in our backlog customer orders for products and services for which we have accepted signed purchase orders as long as that order is scheduled to ship or invoice in whole or in part within the next 24 months. Orders included in backlog may be canceled or rescheduled by customers, although the customer may incur cancellation penalties depending on the timing of the cancellation. A variety of conditions, both

 

13


Table of Contents

specific to the individual customer and generally affecting the customer’s industry, may cause customers to cancel, reduce or delay orders that were previously made or anticipated. We cannot assure the timely replacement of canceled, delayed or reduced orders. Significant or numerous cancellations, reductions or delays in orders by a customer or group of customers could materially and adversely affect our results of operations or our ability to predict future revenues. Backlog should not be relied upon as indicative of our revenues for any future period.

Employees

At June 30, 2011, we employed a total of 602 people excluding contractors, including 225 in research and development, 95 in sales and marketing, 172 in manufacturing and customer support and 110 in general and administrative functions. We have seven employees located in Europe, four located in Japan, and 591 located in the United States. We do not have any employees represented by a labor organization, and we believe that our relations with our employees are good.

WEBSITE

We maintain a website at www.mc.com. We make available on our website, free of charge, our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and current reports on Form 8-K, including exhibits and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Our code of business conduct and ethics is also available on our website. We intend to disclose any future amendments to, or waivers from, our code of business conduct and ethics within four business days of the waiver or amendment through a website posting or by filing a current report on Form 8-K with the SEC. Information contained on our website does not constitute part of this report. Our reports filed with, or furnished to, the SEC are also available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

OTHER INFORMATION

Challenges Drive Innovation, Echocore, Echotek, Ensemble2, Powerstream, RACE++ and MultiCore Plus are registered trademarks, and Ensemble, Application Ready Subsystem, ARS, POET, Converged Sensor Network, CSN, Embedded Smart Processing and ESP are trademarks of Mercury Computer Systems, Inc. OpenVPX™ is a trademark of the VMEbus International Trade Association. IBM and PowerPC are registered trademarks of International Business Machine Corporation. All other trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective holders, and are hereby acknowledged.

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors:

We depend heavily on defense electronics programs that incorporate our products, which may be only partially funded and are subject to potential termination and reductions and delays in government spending.

Sales of our embedded computer systems and related services, primarily as an indirect subcontractor or team member with prime defense contractors, and in some cases directly, to the U.S. government and its agencies, as well as foreign governments and agencies, accounted for approximately 78%, 79%, and 77% of our total net revenues in fiscal 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. Our computer systems are included in many different domestic and international programs. Over the lifetime of a program, the award of many different individual contracts and subcontracts may impact our products’ requirements. The funding of U.S. government programs is subject to Congressional appropriations. Although multiple-year contracts may be planned in connection with major procurements, Congress generally appropriates funds on a fiscal year basis even though a program may continue for many years. Consequently, programs are often only partially funded initially, and additional funds are committed only as Congress makes further appropriations and prime contracts receive such funding. The reduction or delay in funding or termination of a government program in which we are involved would result in a

 

14


Table of Contents

loss of or delay in receiving anticipated future revenues attributable to that program and contracts or orders received. The U.S. government could reduce or terminate a prime contract under which we are a subcontractor or team member irrespective of the quality of our products or services. The termination of a program or the reduction in or failure to commit additional funds to a program in which we are involved could negatively impact our revenues and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, delays in funding of a program, or of the defense appropriation generally, could negatively impact our revenues and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations for the period in which such revenues were originally anticipated.

Economic conditions could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The world’s financial markets have experienced turmoil, characterized by reductions in available credit, volatility in security prices, rating downgrades of investments, and reduced valuations of securities. These events have materially and adversely impacted the availability of financing to a wide variety of businesses, including small businesses, and the resulting uncertainty has led to reductions in capital investments, overall spending levels, future product plans, and sales projections across many industries and markets. These trends could have a material adverse impact on our business. These trends could also impact our financial condition and our ability to achieve targeted results of operations due to:

 

   

reduced and delayed demand for our products;

 

   

increased risk of order cancellations or delays;

 

   

downward pressure on the prices of our products;

 

   

greater difficulty in collecting accounts receivable; and

 

   

risks to our liquidity, including the possibility that we might not have access to our cash and short-term investments or to our line of credit when needed.

Further, the funding of the defense programs that incorporate our products and services is subject to the overall U.S. government budget and appropriation decisions and processes, which are driven by numerous factors beyond our control, including geo-political, macroeconomic, and political conditions. Increased federal budget deficits could result in reduced Congressional appropriations for the defense programs that use our defense electronics products and services. In addition, Congress could fund U.S. government operations through a continuing budget resolution without approving a formal budget for the government fiscal year, thereby potentially reducing or delaying the demand for our products. We are unable to predict the likely duration and severity of adverse economic conditions in the United States and other countries, but the longer the duration or the greater the severity, the greater the risks we face in operating our business.

We face other risks and uncertainties associated with defense-related contracts, which may have a material adverse effect on our business.

Whether our contracts are directly with the U.S. government, a foreign government, or one of their respective agencies, or indirectly as a subcontractor or team member, our contracts and subcontracts are subject to special risks. For example:

 

   

Changes in government administration and national and international priorities, including developments in the geo-political environment, could have a significant impact on national or international defense spending priorities and the efficient handling of routine contractual matters. These changes could have a negative impact on our business in the future.

 

   

Our contracts with the U.S. and foreign governments and their prime defense contractors and subcontractors are subject to termination either upon default by us or at the convenience of the government or contractor if, among other reasons, the program itself has been terminated. Termination for convenience provisions generally entitle us to recover costs incurred, settlement expenses and profit on work completed prior to termination, but there can be no assurance in this regard.

 

15


Table of Contents
   

Because we contract to supply goods and services to the U.S. and foreign governments and their prime and subcontractors, we compete for contracts in a competitive bidding process and, in the event we are awarded a contract, we are subject to protests by disappointed bidders of contract awards that can result in the reopening of the bidding process and changes in governmental policies or regulations and other political factors. In addition, we may be subject to multiple rebid requirements over the life of a defense program in order to continue to participate on such program, which can result in the loss of the program or significantly reduce our revenue or margin from the program. The government’s requirements for more frequent technology refreshes on defense programs may lead to increased costs and lower long term revenues.

 

   

Consolidation among defense industry contractors has resulted in a few large contractors with increased bargaining power relative to us. The increased bargaining power of these contractors may adversely affect our ability to compete for contracts and, as a result, may adversely affect our business or results of operations in the future.

 

   

Our customers include U.S. government contractors who must comply with and are affected by laws and regulations relating to the formation, administration, and performance of U.S. government contracts. In addition, when our business units, such as MFS, contract with the U.S. government, they must comply with these laws and regulations, including the organizational conflict-of-interest regulations. A violation of these laws and regulations could result in the imposition of fines and penalties to us or our customers or the termination of our or their contracts with the U.S. government. As a result, there could be a delay in our receipt of orders from our customers, a termination of such orders, or a termination of contracts between our business units and the U.S. government.

 

   

We sell products to U.S. and international defense contractors and also directly to the U.S. government as a commercial supplier such that cost data is not supplied. To the extent that there are interpretations or changes in the Federal Acquisition Regulations regarding the qualifications necessary to be a commercial supplier, there could be a material adverse effect on our business and operating results. In addition, growth in our defense sales relative to our commercial sales could adversely impact our status as a commercial supplier, which could adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

   

We are subject to the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulations Supplement, referred to as DFARS, in connection with our defense work for the U.S. government and prime defense contractors. Amendments to the DFARS, such as the 2009 amendment to the DFARS specialty metals clause requiring that the specialty metals in specified items be melted or produced in the U.S. or other qualifying countries, may increase our costs for certain materials or result in supply-chain difficulties or production delays due to the limited availability of compliant materials.

 

   

The U.S. government or a prime defense contractor customer could require us to relinquish data rights to a product in connection with performing work on a defense contract, which could lead to a loss of valuable technology and intellectual property in order to participate in a government program.

 

   

We are subject to various U.S. federal export-control statutes and regulations which affect our business with, among others, international defense customers. In certain cases the export of our products and technical data to foreign persons, and the provision of technical services to foreign persons related to such products and technical data, may require licenses from the U.S. Department of Commerce or the U.S. Department of State. The time required to obtain these licenses, and the restrictions that may be contained in these licenses, may put us at a competitive disadvantage with respect to competing with international suppliers who are not subject to U.S. federal export control statutes and regulations. In addition, violations of these statutes and regulations can result in civil and, under certain circumstances, criminal liability as well as administrative penalties which could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.

 

   

Certain of our employees with appropriate security clearance may require access to classified information in connection with the performance of a U.S. government contract. We must comply with security requirements pursuant to the National Industrial Security Program Operating Manual, or

 

16


Table of Contents
 

NISPOM, and other U.S. government security protocols when accessing sensitive information. Failure to comply with the NISPOM or other security requirements may subject us to civil or criminal penalties, loss of access to sensitive information, loss of a U.S. government contract, or potentially debarment as a government contractor.

The loss of one or more of our largest customers, programs, or applications could adversely affect our results of operations.

We are dependent on a small number of customers for a large portion of our revenues. A significant decrease in the sales to or loss of any of our major customers would have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. In fiscal 2011, Northrop Grumman Corporation accounted for 21% of our total net revenues, Raytheon Company accounted for 17% of our total net revenues and Lockheed Martin Corporation accounted for 13% of our total net revenues. In fiscal 2010, Raytheon Company accounted for 20% of our total net revenues and Lockheed Martin Corporation accounted for 17% of our total net revenues. In fiscal 2009, Lockheed Martin Corporation accounted for 14% of our total net revenues, Northrop Grumman Corporation accounted for 13% of our total net revenues, Argon ST, Inc accounted for 13% of our total net revenues and Raytheon Company accounted for 11% of our total net revenues. The defense market is highly acquisitive, which could lead to further concentration in our largest customers. Customers in the defense market generally purchase our products in connection with government programs that have a limited duration, leading to fluctuating sales to any particular customer in this market from year to year. In addition, our revenues are largely dependent upon the ability of customers to develop and sell products that incorporate our products. No assurance can be given that our customers will not experience financial, technical or other difficulties that could adversely affect their operations and, in turn, our results of operations.

We are dependent on sales for radar applications for a large portion of our revenues. Sales related to radar applications accounted for 53%, 49%, and 40% of our total net revenues for fiscal 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. While our radar sales relate to multiple different platforms and defense programs, our revenues are largely dependent upon our customers incorporating our products into radar applications. In fiscal 2010, the Aegis program accounted for 15% of our total net revenues. Loss of a significant radar program could adversely affect our results of operations. For the years ended June 30, 2011 and 2009, no single program comprised 10% or more of the Company’s revenue.

Going forward, we believe the JCREW 3.3 counter-IED program could be a large portion of our future revenues in the coming years, and the loss of that program could adversely affect our future results. In addition, as we shift our business mix toward more services-led engagements with legacy product revenues becoming a lesser amount of our total revenues, we could experience downward pressure on margins and reduced profitability. Further, new programs may yield lower margins than legacy programs, which could result in an overall reduction in gross margins.

If we are unable to respond adequately to our competition or to changing technology, we may lose existing customers and fail to win future business opportunities.

The markets for our products are highly competitive and are characterized by rapidly changing technology, frequent product performance improvements and evolving industry standards. Competitors may be able to offer more attractive pricing or develop products that could offer performance features that are superior to our products, resulting in reduced demand for our products. Due to the rapidly changing nature of technology, we may not become aware in advance of the emergence of new competitors into our markets. The emergence of new competitors into markets targeted by us could result in the loss of existing customers and may have a negative impact on our ability to win future business opportunities. In addition to adapting to rapidly changing technology, we must also develop a reputation as a best-of-breed technology provider. Competitors may be perceived in the market as being providers of open-source architectures versus Mercury as a closed-architecture company. Perceptions of Mercury as a high-cost provider, or as having stale technology could cause us to lose existing customers or fail to win new business.

 

17


Table of Contents

With continued microprocessor evolution, low-end systems could become adequate to meet the requirements of an increased number of the lesser-demanding applications within our target markets. Workstation or blade center computer manufacturers and other low-end single-board computer, or new competitors, may attempt to penetrate the high-performance market for defense electronics systems, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. In addition, our customers provide products to markets that are subject to technological cycles. Any change in the demand for our products due to technological cycles in our customers’ end markets could result in a decrease in our revenues.

Competition from existing or new companies could cause us to experience downward pressure on prices, fewer customer orders, reduced margins, the inability to take advantage of new business opportunities, and the loss of market share.

We compete in highly competitive industries, and our OEM customers generally extend the competitive pressures they face throughout their respective supply chains. Additionally, our markets are facing increasing industry consolidation, resulting in larger competitors who have more market share to put more downward pressure on prices and offer a more robust portfolio of products and services. We are subject to competition based upon product design, performance, pricing, quality and services. Our product performance, embedded systems’ engineering expertise, and product quality have been important factors in our growth. While we try to maintain competitive pricing on those products that are directly comparable to products manufactured by others, in many instances our products will conform to more exacting specifications and carry a higher price than analogous products. Many of our OEM customers and potential customers have the capacity to design and internally manufacture products that are similar to our products. We face competition from research and product development groups and the manufacturing operations of current and potential customers, who continually evaluate the benefits of internal research, product development, and manufacturing versus outsourcing. This competition could result in fewer customer orders and a loss of market share.

Our sales in the defense market could be adversely affected by the emergence of commodity-type products as acceptable substitutes for certain of our products and by uncertainty created by emerging changes in standards that may cause customers to delay purchases or seek alternative solutions.

Our computing products for the defense market are designed for operating under physical constraints such as limited space, weight, and electrical power. Furthermore, these products are often designed to be “rugged,” that is, to withstand enhanced environmental stress such as extended temperature range, shock, vibration, and exposure to sand or salt spray. Historically these requirements have often precluded the use of less expensive, readily available commodity-type systems typically found in more benign non-military settings. Factors that may increase the acceptability of commodity-type products in some defense platforms that we serve include improvements in the physical properties and durability of such alternative products, combined with the relaxation of physical and ruggedness requirements by the military due to either a reevaluation of those requirements or the installation of computing products in a more highly environmentally isolated setting. These developments could negatively impact our revenues and have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.

If we fail to respond to commercial industry cycles in terms of our cost structure, manufacturing capacity and/or personnel need, our business could be seriously harmed.

The timing, length and severity of the up-and-down cycles in the telecommunications and other commercial industries are difficult to predict. This cyclical nature of the industries in which we operate affects our ability to accurately predict future revenue, and in some cases, future expense levels. In the current environment, our ability to accurately predict our future operating results is particularly low. During down cycles in our industry, the financial results of our customers may be negatively impacted, which could result not only in a decrease in orders but also a weakening of their financial condition that could impair our ability to recognize revenue or to collect on outstanding receivables. Furthermore, in the current credit environment, it may be more difficult for our customers to raise capital, whether debt or equity, to finance their purchases of capital equipment, including

 

18


Table of Contents

the products we sell. If our customers experience persistent difficulties in raising capital for equipment financing, we could experience a decrease in orders for our products. When cyclical fluctuations result in lower than expected revenue levels, operating results may be adversely affected and cost reduction measures may be necessary in order for us to remain competitive and financially sound. During periods of declining revenues, such as in the current environment, we must be in a position to adjust our cost and expense structure to reflect prevailing market conditions and to continue to motivate and retain our key employees. If we fail to respond, then our business could be seriously harmed. In addition, during periods of rapid growth, we must be able to increase manufacturing capacity and personnel to meet customer demand. We can provide no assurance that these objectives can be met in a timely manner in response to industry cycles. Each of these factors could adversely impact our operating results and financial condition.

Implementation of our growth strategy may not be successful, which could affect our ability to increase revenues.

Our growth strategy includes developing new products, adding new customers within our existing markets, and entering new markets, as well as identifying and integrating acquisitions. Our ability to compete in new markets will depend upon a number of factors including, among others:

 

   

our ability to create demand for products in new markets;

 

   

our ability to manage growth effectively;

 

   

our ability to respond to changes in our customers’ businesses by updating existing products and introducing, in a timely fashion, new products which meet the needs of our customers;

 

   

our ability to develop a reputation as a best-of-breed technology provider;

 

   

the quality of our new products;

 

   

our ability to respond rapidly to technological change; and

 

   

our ability to successfully integrate any acquisitions that we make.

The failure to do any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we may face competition in these new markets from various companies that may have substantially greater research and development resources, marketing and financial resources, manufacturing capability and customer support organizations.

Growing our business, in particular through providing services and products such as sophisticated application ready subsystems for major defense programs like JCREW 3.3 and Aegis, could strain our operational capacity and working capital demands if not properly anticipated and managed. Pursuing such growth could result in our operational and infrastructure resources being spread too thin, which could negatively impact our ability to deliver quality product on schedule and on budget. Providing quality services for systems level products is a key driver of our growth strategy and the failure to properly scale our capabilities to support our customers at a systems level could result lost opportunities and revenues.

Future acquisitions or divestitures may adversely affect our financial condition.

As part of our strategy for growth, we may continue to explore acquisitions, divestitures, or strategic alliances, which may not be completed or may not be ultimately beneficial to us.

Acquisitions or divestitures may pose risks to our operations, including:

 

   

problems and increased costs in connection with the integration or divestiture of the personnel, operations, technologies, or products of the acquired or divested businesses;

 

   

unanticipated costs;

 

   

failure to achieve anticipated increases in revenues and profitability;

 

19


Table of Contents
   

diversion of management’s attention from our core business;

 

   

inability to make planned divestitures of businesses on favorable terms in a timely manner or at all;

 

   

adverse effects on business relationships with suppliers and customers and those of the acquired company;

 

   

acquired assets becoming impaired as a result of technical advancements or worse-than-expected performance by the acquired company;

 

   

volatility associated with accounting for earnouts in a given transaction;

 

   

entering markets in which we have no, or limited, prior experience; and

 

   

potential loss of key employees.

In addition, in connection with any acquisitions or investments we could:

 

   

issue stock that would dilute our existing shareholders’ ownership percentages;

 

   

incur debt and assume liabilities;

 

   

obtain financing on unfavorable terms, or not be able to obtain financing on any terms at all;

 

   

incur amortization expenses related to acquired intangible assets or incur large and immediate write-offs;

 

   

incur large expenditures related to office closures of the acquired companies, including costs relating to the termination of employees and facility and leasehold improvement charges resulting from our having to vacate the acquired companies’ premises; and

 

   

reduce the cash that would otherwise be available to fund operations or for other purposes.

The failure to successfully integrate any acquisitions or to make planned divestitures in an efficient or timely manner may negatively impact our financial condition and operating results.

We may be unable to obtain critical components from suppliers, which could disrupt or delay our ability to deliver products to our customers.

Several components used in our products are currently obtained from sole-source suppliers. We are dependent on key vendors like LSI Logic Corporation, Xilinx, Inc., and IBM Corporation for custom-designed application-specific integrated circuits (“ASICs”) and field programmable gate arrays (“FPGAs”), Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. and IBM Corporation for PowerPC microprocessors, Intel Corporation for our next generation processors, IBM Corporation for a specific SRAM, Hybricon Corporation and Motorola, Inc. for chassis and chassis components and Benchmark Electronics, Inc. for board assembly, test and integration. The semiconductor industry is experiencing a significant year over year increase in demand amid an uncertain macro economy which is limiting any investment in additional capacity. We believe this dynamic will result in increased lead-time for most classes of semiconductors and passive components and will continue to put pressure on component pricing where supply becomes constrained. Generally, suppliers may terminate their contracts with us without cause upon 30 days’ notice and may cease offering their products upon 180 days’ notice. If any of our sole-source suppliers limits or reduces the sale of these components, we may be unable to fulfill customer orders in a timely manner or at all. In addition, if these or other component suppliers, some of which are small companies, experienced financial difficulties or other problems that prevented them from supplying us with the necessary components, we could experience a loss of revenues due to our inability to fulfill orders. These sole-source and other suppliers are each subject to quality and performance issues, materials shortages, excess demand, reduction in capacity and other factors that may disrupt the flow of goods to us or to our customers, which would adversely affect our business and customer relationships. We have no guaranteed supply arrangements with our suppliers and there can be no assurance that these suppliers will continue to meet our

 

20


Table of Contents

requirements. If supply arrangements are interrupted, we may not be able to find another supplier on a timely or satisfactory basis. We may incur significant set-up costs and delays in manufacturing should it become necessary to replace any key vendors due to work stoppages, shipping delays, financial difficulties, natural or manmade disasters or other factors.

We may not be able to effectively manage our relationships with contract manufacturers.

We may not be able to effectively manage our relationship with contract manufacturers, and the contract manufacturers may not meet future requirements for timely delivery. We rely on contract manufacturers to build hardware sub-assemblies for our products in accordance with our specifications. During the normal course of business, we may provide demand forecasts to contract manufacturers up to five months prior to scheduled delivery of our products to customers. If we overestimate requirements, the contract manufacturers may assess cancellation penalties or we may be left with excess inventory, which may negatively impact our earnings. If we underestimate requirements, the contract manufacturers may have inadequate inventory, which could interrupt manufacturing of our products and result in delays in shipment to customers and revenue recognition. Contract manufacturers also build products for other companies, and they may not have sufficient quantities of inventory available or sufficient internal resources to fill our orders on a timely basis or at all.

In addition, there have been a number of major acquisitions within the contract manufacturing industry in recent periods. While there has been no significant impact on our contract manufacturers to date, future acquisitions could potentially have an adverse effect on our working relationships with contract manufacturers. Moreover, we currently rely primarily on one contract manufacturer. The failure of this contract manufacturer to fill our orders on a timely basis or in accordance with our customers’ specifications could result in a loss of revenues and damage to our reputation. We may not be able to replace this contract manufacturer in a timely manner or without significantly increasing our costs if such contract manufacturer were to experience financial difficulties or other problems that prevented it from fulfilling our order requirements.

We are exposed to risks associated with international operations and markets.

We market and sell products in international markets, and have established offices and subsidiaries in Europe and Japan. Revenues from international operations accounted for 4% of our total net revenues in fiscal 2011, 10% of our total net revenues in fiscal 2010, and 7% of our total net revenues in fiscal 2009. We also ship directly from our U.S. operations to international customers. There are inherent risks in transacting business internationally, including:

 

   

changes in applicable laws and regulatory requirements;

 

   

export and import restrictions;

 

   

export controls relating to technology;

 

   

tariffs and other trade barriers;

 

   

less favorable intellectual property laws;

 

   

difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations;

 

   

longer payment cycles;

 

   

problems in collecting accounts receivable;

 

   

adverse economic conditions in foreign markets;

 

   

political instability;

 

   

fluctuations in currency exchange rates;

 

   

expatriation controls; and

 

   

potential adverse tax consequences.

 

21


Table of Contents

There can be no assurance that one or more of these factors will not have a material adverse effect on our future international activities and, consequently, on our business and results of operations.

We may be exposed to unfavorable currency exchange rate fluctuations, which may lead to lower operating margins, or may cause us to raise prices which could result in reduced revenues.

Currency exchange rate fluctuations could have an adverse effect on our net revenues and results of operations. Unfavorable currency fluctuations could require us to increase prices to foreign customers, which could result in lower net revenues from such customers. Alternatively, if we do not adjust the prices for our products in response to unfavorable currency fluctuations, our results of operations could be adversely affected. In addition, most sales made by our foreign subsidiaries are denominated in the currency of the country in which these products are sold, and the currency they receive in payment for such sales could be less valuable at the time of receipt as a result of exchange rate fluctuations. We do not currently hedge our foreign currency exchange rate exposure.

If we are unable to respond to technological developments and changing customer needs on a timely and cost-effective basis, our results of operations may be adversely affected.

Our future success will depend in part on our ability to enhance current products and to develop new products on a timely and cost-effective basis in order to respond to technological developments and changing customer needs. Defense customers, in particular, demand frequent technological improvements as a means of gaining military advantage. Military planners have historically funded significantly more design projects than actual deployments of new equipment, and those systems that are deployed tend to contain the components of the subcontractors selected to participate in the design process. In order to participate in the design of new defense electronics systems, we must demonstrate the ability to deliver superior technological performance on a timely and cost-effective basis. There can be no assurance that we will secure an adequate number of defense design wins in the future, that the equipment in which our products are intended to function will eventually be deployed in the field, or that our products will be included in such equipment if it eventually is deployed.

Customers in our commercial markets, including the semiconductor market, also seek technological improvements through product enhancements and new generations of products. OEMs historically have selected certain suppliers whose products have been included in the OEMs’ machines for a significant portion of the products’ life cycles. We may not be selected to participate in the future design of any semiconductor equipment, or if selected, we may not generate any revenues for such design work.

The design-in process is typically lengthy and expensive, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to continue to meet the product specifications of OEM customers in a timely and adequate manner. In addition, any failure to anticipate or respond adequately to changes in technology and customer preferences, or any significant delay in product developments or introductions, could negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations, including the risk of inventory obsolescence. Because of the complexity of our products, we have experienced delays from time to time in completing products on a timely basis. If we are unable to design, develop or introduce competitive new products on a timely basis, our future operating results may be adversely affected.

Our products are complex, and undetected defects may increase our costs, harm our reputation with customers or lead to costly litigation.

Our products are extremely complex and must operate successfully with complex products of other vendors. Our products may contain undetected errors when first introduced or as we introduce product upgrades. The pressures we face to be the first to market new products or functionality increases the possibility that we will offer products in which we or our customers later discover problems. We have experienced new product and product upgrade errors in the past and expect similar problems in the future. These problems may cause us to incur significant costs to support our service contracts and other costs and divert the attention of personnel from

 

22


Table of Contents

our product development efforts. Undetected errors may adversely affect our product’s ease of use and may create customer satisfaction issues. If we are unable to repair these problems in a timely manner, we may experience a loss of or delay in revenue and significant damage to our reputation and business prospects. Many of our customers rely upon our products for mission-critical applications. Because of this reliance, errors, defects or other performance problems in our products could result in significant financial and other damage to our customers. Our customers could attempt to recover those losses by pursuing products liability claims against us which, even if unsuccessful, would likely be time-consuming and costly to defend and could adversely affect our reputation.

We may be unsuccessful in protecting our intellectual property rights which could result in the loss of a competitive advantage.

Our ability to compete effectively against other companies in our industry depends, in part, on our ability to protect our current and future proprietary technology under patent, copyright, trademark, trade secret and unfair competition laws. We cannot assure that our means of protecting our proprietary rights in the United States or abroad will be adequate, or that others will not develop technologies similar or superior to our technology or design around our proprietary rights. In addition, we may incur substantial costs in attempting to protect our proprietary rights.

Also, despite the steps taken by us to protect our proprietary rights, it may be possible for unauthorized third parties to copy or reverse-engineer aspects of our products, develop similar technology independently or otherwise obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary and we may be unable to successfully identify or prosecute unauthorized uses of our technology. Furthermore, with respect to our issued patents and patent applications, we cannot assure you that any patents from any pending patent applications (or from any future patent applications) will be issued, that the scope of any patent protection will exclude competitors or provide competitive advantages to us, that any of our patents will be held valid if subsequently challenged or that others will not claim rights in or ownership of the patents (and patent applications) and other proprietary rights held by us.

If we become subject to intellectual property infringement claims, we could incur significant expenses and could be prevented from selling specific products.

We may become subject to claims that we infringe the intellectual property rights of others in the future. We cannot assure that, if made, these claims will not be successful. Any claim of infringement could cause us to incur substantial costs defending against the claim even if the claim is invalid, and could distract management from other business. Any judgment against us could require substantial payment in damages and could also include an injunction or other court order that could prevent us from offering certain products.

Our need for continued investment in research and development may increase expenses and reduce our profitability.

Our industry is characterized by the need for continued investment in research and development. If we fail to invest sufficiently in research and development, our products could become less attractive to potential customers and our business and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected. As a result of the need to maintain or increase spending levels in this area and the difficulty in reducing costs associated with research and development, our operating results could be materially harmed if our research and development efforts fail to result in new products or if revenues fall below expectations. In addition, as a result of our commitment to invest in research and development, spending levels of research and development expenses as a percentage of revenues may fluctuate in the future.

 

23


Table of Contents

Our results of operations are subject to fluctuation from period to period and may not be an accurate indication of future performance.

We have experienced fluctuations in operating results in large part due to the sale of computer systems in relatively large dollar amounts to a relatively small number of customers. Customers specify delivery date requirements that coincide with their need for our products. Because these customers may use our products in connection with a variety of defense programs or other projects with different sizes and durations, a customer’s orders for one quarter generally do not indicate a trend for future orders by that customer. As such, we have not been able in the past to consistently predict when our customers will place orders and request shipments so that we cannot always accurately plan our manufacturing requirements. As a result, if orders and shipments differ from what we predict, we may incur additional expenses and build excess inventory, which may require additional reserves and allowances. Any significant change in our customers’ purchasing patterns could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and reported earnings per share for a particular quarter. Thus, results of operations in any period should not be considered indicative of the results to be expected for any future period.

Our quarterly results may be subject to fluctuations resulting from a number of other factors, including:

 

   

delays in completion of internal product development projects;

 

   

delays in shipping computer systems and software programs;

 

   

delays in acceptance testing by customers;

 

   

a change in the mix of products sold to our served markets;

 

   

production delays due to quality problems with outsourced components;

 

   

inability to scale quick reaction capability products due to low product volume;

 

   

shortages and costs of components;

 

   

the timing of product line transitions;

 

   

declines in quarterly revenues from previous generations of products following announcement of replacement products containing more advanced technology;

 

   

potential impairment or restructuring charges; and

 

   

changes in estimates of completion on fixed price service engagements.

In addition, from time to time, we have entered into contracts, referred to as development contracts, to engineer a specific solution based on modifications to standard products. Gross margins from development contract revenues are typically lower than gross margins from standard product revenues. We intend to continue to enter into development contracts and anticipate that the gross margins associated with development contract revenues will continue to be lower than gross margins from standard product sales.

Another factor contributing to fluctuations in our quarterly results is the fixed nature of expenditures on personnel, facilities and marketing programs. Expense levels for these programs are based, in significant part, on expectations of future revenues. If actual quarterly revenues are below management’s expectations, our results of operations will likely be adversely affected.

Further, the preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and changes in estimates in subsequent periods could cause our results of operations to fluctuate.

 

24


Table of Contents

Changes in regulations could materially adversely affect us.

Our business, results of operations, or financial condition could be materially adversely affected if laws, regulations, or standards relating to us or our products are newly implemented or changed. In addition, our compliance with existing regulations may have a material adverse impact on us. Under applicable federal securities laws, we are required to evaluate and determine the effectiveness of our internal control structure and procedures for financial reporting. Should we or our independent registered public accounting firm determine that we have material weaknesses in our internal controls, our results of operations or financial condition may be materially adversely affected or our stock price may decline.

Changes in generally accepted accounting principles may adversely affect us.

From time to time, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, promulgates new accounting principles that could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations or financial condition.

We rely on the significant experience and specialized expertise of our senior management and engineering staff and must retain and attract qualified engineers and other highly skilled personnel in order to grow our business successfully.

Our performance is substantially dependent on the continued services and performance of our senior management and our highly qualified team of engineers, many of whom have numerous years of experience, specialized expertise in our business, and security clearances required for certain defense projects. If we are not successful in hiring and retaining highly qualified engineers, we may not be able to extend or maintain our engineering expertise, and our future product development efforts could be adversely affected. Competition for hiring these employees is intense, especially with regard to engineers with specialized skills and security clearances required for our business, and we may be unable to hire and retain enough engineers to implement our growth strategy.

For fiscal 2012, with the anticipated transitions in our Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President, Human Resources positions, our success will depend in part on executing an effective transition for these two senior management positions.

Our future success also depends on our ability to identify, attract, hire, train, retain and motivate highly skilled managerial, operations, sales, marketing and customer service personnel. If we fail to attract, integrate and retain the necessary personnel, our ability to maintain and grow our business could suffer significantly. Further, stock price volatility and improvements in the economy could impact our ability to retain key personnel.

If we experience a disaster or other business continuity problem, we may not be able to recover successfully, which could cause material financial loss, loss of human capital, regulatory actions, reputational harm, or legal liability.

If we experience a local or regional disaster or other business continuity problem, such as an earthquake, terrorist attack, pandemic or other natural or man-made disaster, our continued success will depend, in part, on the availability of our personnel, our office facilities, and the proper functioning of our computer, telecommunication and other related systems and operations. As we attempt to grow our operations, the potential for particular types of natural or man-made disasters, political, economic or infrastructure instabilities, or other country- or region-specific business continuity risks increases.

 

25


Table of Contents

If we are unable to continue to obtain U.S. federal government authorization regarding the export of our products, or if current or future export laws limit or otherwise restrict our business, we could be prohibited from shipping our products to certain countries, which would harm our ability to generate revenue.

We must comply with U.S. laws regulating the export of our products and technology. In addition, we are required to obtain a license from the U.S. federal government to export certain of our products and technical data as well as to provide technical services to foreign persons related to such products and technical data. We cannot be sure of our ability to obtain any licenses required to export our products or to receive authorization from the U.S. federal government for international sales or domestic sales to foreign persons including transfers of technical data or the provision of technical services. Moreover, the export regimes and the governing policies applicable to our business are subject to change. We cannot assure you of the extent that such export authorizations will be available to us, if at all, in the future. If we cannot obtain required government approvals under applicable regulations in a timely manner or at all, we would be delayed or prevented from selling our products in international jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business and financial results.

In addition, we must comply with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or the FCPA. The FCPA generally prohibits U.S. companies and their intermediaries from making corrupt payments to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or keeping business or otherwise obtaining favorable treatment, and requires companies to maintain adequate record-keeping and internal accounting practices to accurately reflect the transactions of the company. Under the FCPA, U.S. companies may be held liable for actions taken by strategic or local partners or representatives. If we or our intermediaries fail to comply with the requirements of the FCPA, governmental authorities in the United States could seek to impose civil and criminal penalties, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial conditions and cash flows.

If we suffer any data breaches involving the designs, schematics or source code for our products or other sensitive information, our business and financial results could be adversely affected.

We securely store our designs, schematics and source code for our products as they are created. A breach, whether physical, electronic or otherwise, of the systems on which this sensitive data is stored could lead to damage or piracy of our products. If we are subject to data security breaches, we may have a loss in sales or increased costs arising from the restoration or implementation of additional security measures, either of which could adversely affect our business and financial results. In addition, a security breach that involved classified information could subject us to civil or criminal penalties, loss of a government contract, loss of access to classified information, or debarment as a government contractor.

Our income tax provision and other tax liabilities may be insufficient if taxing authorities are successful in asserting tax positions that are contrary to our position. Increases in tax rates could impact our financial performance.

From time to time, we are audited by various federal, state and local authorities regarding income tax matters. Significant judgment is required to determine our provision for income taxes and our liabilities for federal, state, local and other taxes. Although we believe our approach to determining the appropriate tax treatment is supportable and in accordance with relevant authoritative guidance it is possible that the final tax authority will take a tax position that is materially different than that which is reflected in our income tax provision. Such differences could have an adverse effect on our income tax provision or benefit, in the reporting period in which such determination is made and, consequently, on our results of operations, financial position and/or cash flows for such period. Further, future increases in tax rates may adversely affect our financial results.

 

26


Table of Contents

Provisions in our organizational documents and Massachusetts law and other actions we have taken could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us.

Provisions of our charter and by-laws could have the effect of discouraging a third party from making a proposal to acquire our company and could prevent certain changes in control, even if some shareholders might consider the proposal to be in their best interest. These provisions include a classified board of directors, advance notice to our board of directors of shareholder proposals and director nominations, and limitations on the ability of shareholders to remove directors and to call shareholder meetings. In addition, we may issue shares of any class or series of preferred stock in the future without shareholder approval upon such terms as our board of directors may determine. The rights of holders of common stock will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any such class or series of preferred stock that may be issued.

We also are subject to the Massachusetts General Laws which, subject to certain exceptions, prohibit a Massachusetts corporation from engaging in a broad range of business combinations with any “interested shareholder” for a period of three years following the date that such shareholder becomes an interested shareholder. These provisions could discourage a third party from pursuing an acquisition of our company at a price considered attractive by many shareholders.

We have adopted a Shareholder Rights Plan that could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or could discourage a third party from acquiring, our company or a large block of our common stock. A third party that acquires 15% or more of our common stock (an “acquiring person”) could suffer substantial dilution of its ownership interest under the terms of the Shareholder Rights Plan through the issuance of common stock or common stock equivalents to all shareholders other than the acquiring person.

Our profits may decrease and/or we may incur significant unanticipated costs if we do not accurately estimate the costs of fixed-price engagements.

A significant number of our system integration projects are based on fixed-price contracts, rather than contracts in which payment to us is determined on a time and materials or other basis. Our failure to estimate accurately the resources and schedule required for a project, or our failure to complete our contractual obligations in a manner consistent with the project plan upon which our fixed-price contract was based, could adversely affect our overall profitability and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We are consistently entering into contracts for large projects that magnify this risk. We have been required to commit unanticipated additional resources to complete projects in the past, which has occasionally resulted in losses on those contracts. We will likely experience similar situations in the future. In addition, we may fix the price for some projects at an early stage of the project engagement, which could result in a fixed price that is too low. Therefore, any changes from our original estimates could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The trading price of our common stock may continue to be volatile, which may adversely affect our business, and investors in our common stock may experience substantial losses.

Our stock price, like that of other technology companies, has been volatile. The stock market in general and technology companies in particular may continue to experience volatility. This volatility may or may not be related to our operating performance. Our operating results, from time to time, may be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors, which could have a material adverse effect on the market price of our common stock. Our low stock trading volume and microcap status could hamper existing and new shareholders from gaining a meaningful position in our stock. In addition, the limited availability of credit in the financial markets and the continued threat of terrorism in the United States and abroad and the resulting military action and heightened security measures undertaken in response to threats may cause continued volatility in securities markets. When the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock will sometimes issue securities class action litigation against the company that issued the stock. If any shareholders were to issue a lawsuit, we could incur substantial costs defending the lawsuit. Also, the lawsuit could divert the time and attention of management.

 

27


Table of Contents

We have never paid dividends on our capital stock and we do not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, any gains from an investment in our common stock will likely depend on whether the price of our common stock increases.

We have not declared or paid cash dividends on any of our classes of capital stock to date and we currently intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to fund the development and growth of our business. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future. Furthermore, we may in the future become subject to contractual restrictions on, or prohibitions against, the payment of dividends. Consequently, in the foreseeable future, you will likely only experience a gain from your investment in our common stock if the price of our common stock increases. There is no guarantee that our common stock will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which you purchased your shares, and you may not realize a return on your investment in our common stock.

If our internal controls over financial reporting are not considered effective, our business and stock price could be adversely affected.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires us to evaluate the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting as of the end of each fiscal year, and to include a management report assessing the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting in our annual report on Form 10-K for that fiscal year. Section 404 also requires our independent registered public accounting firm to attest to, and report on, management’s assessment of our internal controls over financial reporting.

Our management, including our chief executive officer and principal financial officer, does not expect that our internal controls over financial reporting will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud involving a company have been, or will be, detected. The design of any system of controls is based in part on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and we cannot assure you that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Over time, controls may become ineffective because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies or procedures. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. We cannot assure you that we or our independent registered public accounting firm will not identify a material weakness in our internal controls in the future. A material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting would require management and our independent registered public accounting firm to consider our internal controls as ineffective. If our internal controls over financial reporting are not considered effective, we may experience a loss of public confidence, which could have an adverse effect on our business and on the market price of our common stock.

If equity research analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they issue unfavorable commentary or downgrade our common stock, the price of our common stock could decline.

The trading market for our common stock relies in part on the research and reports that equity research analysts publish about us and our business. We do not control these analysts. The price of our common stock could decline if one or more equity analysts downgrade our common stock or if analysts issue other unfavorable commentary or cease publishing reports about us or our business.

 

28


Table of Contents

We may need additional capital and may not be able to raise funds on acceptable terms, if at all. In addition, any funding through the sale of additional common stock or other equity securities could result in additional dilution to our stockholders and any funding through indebtedness could restrict our operations.

We may require additional cash resources to finance our continued growth or other future developments, including any investments or acquisitions we may decide to pursue. The amount and timing of such additional financing needs will vary principally depending on the timing of new product and service launches, investments and/or acquisitions, and the amount of cash flow from our operations. If our resources are insufficient to satisfy our cash requirements, we may seek to sell additional equity or debt securities or obtain a credit facility. The sale of additional equity securities or securities convertible into our ordinary shares could result in additional dilution to our stockholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased debt service obligations and could result in operating and financing covenants that would restrict our operations.

Our ability to obtain additional capital on acceptable terms is subject to a variety of uncertainties, including:

 

   

investors’ perception of, and demand for, securities of embedded computing systems and software providers;

 

   

conditions of the United States and other capital markets in which we may seek to raise funds; and

 

   

our future results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

We cannot assure that financing will be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all. If we fail to raise additional funds, we may need to sell debt or additional equity securities or to reduce our growth to a level that can be supported by our cash flow. Without additional capital, we may not be able to:

 

   

further develop or enhance our customer base;

 

   

acquire necessary technologies, products or businesses;

 

   

expand operations in the United States and elsewhere;

 

   

hire, train and retain employees;

 

   

market our software solutions, services and products; or

 

   

respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated capital requirements.

 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

The following table sets forth our significant properties:

 

Location

  

Segment(s) served

  

Size in
Sq. Feet

    

Commitment

Chelmsford, MA

   All (Corporate HQ)      185,327      

Leased, expiring 2017

2 buildings

Salem, NH

   ACS Business Unit      16,290       Leased, expiring 2012

Huntsville, AL

   ACS Business Unit      25,137       Leased, expiring 2014

Reston, VA

   ACS Business Unit      12,811       Leased, expiring 2012

Silchester, Reading, United Kingdom

   ACS Business Unit      3,453       Leased, expiring 2015

Crystal City, VA

   Mercury Federal Systems      3,931       Leased, expiring 2013

Tokyo, Japan

   ACS Business Unit      2,401       Leased, expiring 2012

 

29


Table of Contents

In addition, we lease a number of smaller offices around the world primarily for sales. For financial information regarding obligations under our leases, see Note M to the consolidated financial statements.

 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are subject to various claims and legal actions that arise in the ordinary course of our business. In the opinion of management, we are not currently a party to any proceeding that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

 

ITEM 4. (REMOVED AND RESERVED)

 

ITEM 4.1. EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

Our executive officers are appointed to office by the Board of Directors at the first board meeting following the Annual Meeting of Shareholders or at other board meetings as appropriate, and hold office until the first board meeting following the next Annual Meeting of Shareholders and until a successor is chosen, subject to prior death, resignation or removal. Information regarding our executive officers as of the date of filing of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is presented below.

Mark Aslett, age 43, joined Mercury in 2007 and has served as the President and Chief Executive Officer since that date, and served as a member of the Board since 2007. Prior to joining Mercury, he was Chief Operating Officer and Chief Executive Officer of Enterasys Networks from 2003 to 2006, and held various positions with Marconi plc and its affiliated companies, including Executive Vice President of Marketing, Vice President of Portfolio Management, and President of Marconi Communications—North America, from 1998 to 2002. Mr. Aslett has also held positions at GEC Plessey Telecommunications, as well as other telecommunications-related technology firms.

Robert E. Hult, age 64, joined Mercury in 2004, and has served as Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer since that date. From 2005 to 2006, he also assumed additional responsibilities for our manufacturing operations/supply chain and customer service and support. Prior to joining Mercury, he was Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of NMS Communications Corporation from 1998 to 2003. Prior to that, he was employed by Digital Equipment Corporation for more than 25 years in positions of increasing responsibility within the company’s corporate and regional finance groups.

Gerald M. Haines II, age 48, joined Mercury in July 2010 as Senior Vice President, Corporate Development, Chief Legal Officer, and Secretary. Prior to joining Mercury, from January 2008 to June 2010, Mr. Haines was Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary at Verenium Corporation, a publicly traded company engaged in the development and commercialization of cellulosic biofuels and high performance specialty enzymes. From September 2006 to December 2007, he was an advisor to early-stage companies on legal and business matters. From May 2001 to August 2006, Mr. Haines served as Executive Vice President of Strategic Affairs, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary of Enterasys Networks, Inc., a public network communications company that was taken private in March 2006 following a successful business restructuring and turnaround. Prior to Enterasys Networks, Mr. Haines served as Senior Vice President and General Counsel of Cabletron Systems, Inc., the predecessor of Enterasys Networks. Before Cabletron, he was Vice President and General Counsel of the largest manufacturer of oriented polypropylene packaging and labeling films in North America, and prior to that was in private practice as a corporate attorney in a large Boston law firm. Mr. Haines is admitted to practice in Massachusetts, Maine, and the Federal District of Massachusetts.

Charles A. Speicher, age 52, joined Mercury in September 2010 as Vice President, Controller, and Chief Accounting Officer. Prior to joining Mercury, Mr. Speicher had been Vice President of Business Operations and Enterprise Risk Management at Virtusa Corporation, a publicly-traded global IT services company, since

 

30


Table of Contents

December 2009. He was Vice President of Global Accounting Operations and Corporate Controller at Virtusa Corporation from 2001 to 2009. Mr. Speicher was Corporate Controller at Cerulean Technologies Inc., a private software product company, from 1996 to 2000 prior to its sale to Aether Systems Inc. where he served as Division Controller of Aether Mobile Government from 2000 to 2001. Prior to Cerulean Technology, Mr. Speicher held positions with Wyman-Gordon Company, Wang Laboratories and Arthur Anderson & Company. Mr. Speicher is a CPA licensed in Massachusetts.

Didier M.C. Thibaud, age 50, joined Mercury in 1995, and has served as Senior Vice President and General Manager, Advanced Computing Solutions since July 2007. Prior to that, he was Senior Vice President, Defense & Commercial Businesses from 2005 to June 2007 and Vice President and General Manager, Imaging and Visualization Solutions Group, from 2000 to 2005 and served in various capacities in sales and marketing from 1995 to 2000.

 

31


Table of Contents

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our common stock is listed and traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol MRCY. The following table sets forth, for the fiscal periods indicated, the high and low sale prices per share for our common stock during such periods. Such market quotations reflect inter-dealer prices without retail markup, markdown or commission.

 

     High      Low  

2011 Fourth quarter

   $ 21.76       $ 17.42   

Third quarter

   $ 21.16       $ 17.84   

Second quarter

   $ 20.00       $ 12.37   

First quarter

   $ 13.31       $ 10.72   

2010 Fourth quarter

   $ 14.17       $ 10.35   

Third quarter

   $ 13.88       $ 10.61   

Second quarter

   $ 11.56       $ 8.85   

First quarter

   $ 11.78       $ 9.04   

As of August 1, 2011, we had approximately 5,200 shareholders including record and nominee holders.

Dividend Policy

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on shares of our common stock. We currently intend to retain any earnings for future growth. Accordingly, we do not anticipate that any cash dividends will be declared or paid on our common stock in the foreseeable future.

Net Share Settlement Plans

During fiscal 2011, we had no active net share settlement plans.

Share Repurchase Plans

During fiscal 2011, we had no active share repurchase programs.

 

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table summarizes certain historical consolidated financial data, restated for discontinued operations, which should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this report (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     For the Years Ended June 30,  
     2011      2010      2009      2008     2007  

Statement of Operations Data:

             

Net revenues

   $ 228,710       $ 199,830       $ 188,939       $ 190,208      $ 200,596   

Income (loss) from operations

   $ 24,985       $ 17,313       $ 7,747       $ (5,391   $ (26,058

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ 18,507       $ 28,069       $ 7,909       $ (4,437   $ (28,899

Net earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations:

             

Basic

   $ 0.73       $ 1.25       $ 0.36       $ (0.21   $ (1.36

Diluted

   $ 0.71       $ 1.22       $ 0.35       $ (0.21   $ (1.36

 

32


Table of Contents
     As of June 30,  
     2011      2010      2009      2008      2007  

Balance Sheet Data:

              

Working capital

   $ 203,978       $ 111,249       $ 80,716       $ 6,085       $ 140,680   

Total assets

   $ 355,562       $ 224,338       $ 219,372       $ 338,550       $ 360,265   

Long-term obligations

   $ 17,920       $ 10,621       $ 8,946       $ 12,280       $ 138,537   

Total shareholders’ equity

   $ 301,436       $ 179,112       $ 145,037       $ 146,512       $ 168,657   

 

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

From time to time, information provided, statements made by our employees or information included in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission may contain statements that are not historical facts but that are “forward-looking statements,” which involve risks and uncertainties. The words “may,” “will,” “would,” “should,” “could,” “plan,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “continue,” “estimate,” “project,” “intend,” “likely,” “probable,” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements regarding events, conditions and financials trends that may affect our future plans of operations, business strategy, results of operations and financial position. These forward-looking statements, which include those related to our strategic plans, business outlook, and future business and financial performance, involve risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected or anticipated. Such risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, general economic and business conditions, including unforeseen economic weakness in our markets, effects of continued geo-political unrest and regional conflicts, competition, changes in technology and methods of marketing, delays in completing various engineering and manufacturing programs, changes in customer order patterns, changes in product mix, continued success in technological advances and delivering technological innovations, continued funding of defense programs and the timing of such funding, changes in the U.S. Government’s interpretation of federal procurement rules and regulations, market acceptance of our products, shortages in components, production delays due to performance quality issues with outsourced components, inability to fully realize the expected benefits from acquisitions or divestitures or delays in realizing such benefits, challenges in integrating acquired businesses and achieving anticipated synergies, changes to export regulations, increases in tax rates, changes to generally accepted accounting principles, difficulties in retaining key employees and customers, unanticipated costs under fixed-price service and system integration engagements, and various other factors beyond our control. These risks and uncertainties also include such additional risk factors as set forth under Part I-Item 1A (Risk Factors) in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We caution readers not to place undue reliance upon any such forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which such statement is made.

OVERVIEW

We design, manufacture and market commercially-developed, high-performance embedded, real-time digital signal and image processing sub-systems and software for specialized defense and commercial computing markets. Our solutions play a critical role in a wide range of applications, transforming sensor data to information for analysis and interpretation. In military reconnaissance and surveillance platforms, our sub-systems process real-time radar, video, sonar and signals intelligence data. We provide microwave products for enhanced communications capabilities in military and commercial applications. Additionally, we entered the prime defense contracting market space in fiscal 2008 through the creation of our wholly-owned subsidiary, Mercury Federal Systems, Inc., to focus on reaching the federal intelligence and homeland security agencies.

Our products and solutions address mission-critical requirements within the defense industry for C4ISR (command, control, communications, computers, intelligence, surveillance and reconnaissance) and electronic warfare, or EW, systems and services, and target several markets including maritime defense, airborne

 

33


Table of Contents

reconnaissance, ballistic missile defense, ground mobile and force protection systems and tactical communications and network systems. Our products or solutions have been deployed in approximately 300 different programs with over 25 different prime defense contractors.

Our revenue, income from continuing operations and adjusted EBITDA for fiscal 2011 were $228.7 million, $18.5 million and $40.9 million, respectively. Our revenue, income from continuing operations and adjusted EBITDA for fiscal 2010 were $199.8 million, $28.1 million and $29.9 million, respectively. Our revenue, income from continuing operations and adjusted EBITDA for fiscal 2009 were $188.9 million, $7.9 million and $22.9 million, respectively. See page 27 of this annual report for a reconciliation of our adjusted EBITDA to income from continuing operations.

Our operations are organized in the following two business units:

Advanced Computing Solutions, or ACS. This business unit is focused on specialized, high performance signal end-to-end processing solutions that encompass signal acquisition including microwave front-end, digitalization, computing, storage and communications, targeted to key market segments, including defense, communications and other commercial application. ACS’s open system architecture solutions span the full range of embedded technologies from board level products to fully integrated sub-systems. Our products utilize leading-edge processor technologies architected to address highly data-intensive applications that include signal, sensor and image processing within environmentally constrained military and commercial applications. In addition, ACS now has a portfolio of Microwave sub-assemblies to address needs in EW, SIGINT, ELINT and high bandwidth communications subsystems.

These products are highly optimized for size, weight and power, as well as for the performance and ruggedization requirements of our customers. Customized design and sub-systems integration services extend our capabilities to tailor solutions to meet the specialized requirements of our customers. In fiscal 2011, ACS accounted for 95% of our total net revenues.

Mercury Federal Systems, or MFS. This business unit is focused on services and support work with the Department of Defense, or the DoD, and federal intelligence and homeland security agencies, including designing and engineering new intelligence, surveillance and reconnaissance, or ISR, capabilities to address present and emerging threats to U.S. forces. MFS is part of our long-term strategy to expand our software and services presence and pursue growth in platform-ready ISR sub-systems, particularly those with classified intellectual property. MFS offers a wide range of engineering architecture and design services that enable clients to deploy leading edge computing capabilities for ISR systems on an accelerated time cycle. This business unit enables us to combine classified intellectual property with the commercially developed application-ready sub-systems being developed by ACS, providing customers with platform-ready, affordable ISR sub-systems. In fiscal 2011, MFS accounted for 5% of our total net revenues.

Since we are an OEM supplier to our commercial markets and conduct business with our defense customers via commercial items, requests by customers are a primary driver of revenue fluctuations from quarter to quarter. Customers specify delivery date requirements that coincide with their need for our products. Because these customers may use our products in connection with a variety of defense programs or other projects of different sizes and durations, a customer’s orders for one quarter generally do not indicate a trend for future orders by that customer. Additionally, order patterns do not necessarily correlate amongst customers and, therefore, we generally cannot identify sequential quarterly trends, even within our business units.

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

In our periodic communications, we discuss two important measures that are not calculated according to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), adjusted EBITDA and free cash flow. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as earnings from continuing operations before interest income and expense, income taxes, depreciation, amortization of acquired intangible assets, restructuring, impairment of long-lived assets,

 

34


Table of Contents

acquisition costs and other related expenses, fair value adjustments from purchase accounting and stock-based compensation costs. We use adjusted EBITDA as an important indicator of the operating performance of our business. We use adjusted EBITDA in internal forecasts and models when establishing internal operating budgets, supplementing the financial results and forecasts reported to our board of directors, determining a component of bonus compensation for executive officers and other key employees based on operating performance and evaluating short-term and long-term operating trends in our operations. We believe the adjusted EBITDA financial measure assists in providing a more complete understanding of our underlying operational measures to manage our business, to evaluate our performance compared to prior periods and the marketplace, and to establish operational goals. We believe that these non-GAAP financial adjustments are useful to investors because they allow investors to evaluate the effectiveness of the methodology and information used by management in our financial and operational decision-making.

Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for financial information provided in accordance with GAAP. This non-GAAP financial measure may not be computed in the same manner as similarly titled measures used by other companies. We expect to continue to incur expenses similar to the adjusted EBITDA financial adjustments described above, and investors should not infer from our presentation of this non-GAAP financial measure that these costs are unusual, infrequent or non-recurring.

The following tables reconcile our adjusted EBITDA to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure:

 

     Year Ended June 30,  
(In thousands)    2011     2010     2009  

Net income (loss)

   $ 18,442      $ 28,358      $ (1,262

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

     (52     215        (20,328

(Loss) gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of income taxes

     (13     74        11,157   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

     18,507        28,069        7,909   

Interest expense (income), net

     45        (151     492   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     8,060        (9,377     109   

Depreciation

     6,364        5,147        5,640   

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

     1,984        1,710        2,414   

Restructuring

     —          231        1,712   

Impairment of long-lived assets

     150        211        —     

Acquisition costs and other related expenses

     412        —          —     

Fair value adjustments from purchase accounting

     (219     —          —     

Stock-based compensation cost

     5,580        4,016        4,582   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 40,883      $ 29,856      $ 22,858   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Free cash flow, a non-GAAP measure for reporting cash flow, is defined as cash provided by operating activities less capital expenditures for property and equipment, which includes capitalized software development costs. We believe free cash flow provides investors with an important perspective on cash available for investments and acquisitions after making capital investments required to support ongoing business operations and long-term value creation. We believe that trends in our free cash flow are valuable indicators of our operating performance and liquidity.

Free cash flow is a non-GAAP financial measure and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for financial information provided in accordance with GAAP. This non-GAAP financial measure may not be computed in the same manner as similarly titled measures used by other companies. We expect to continue to incur expenditures similar to the free cash flow adjustment described above, and investors should not infer from our presentation of this non-GAAP financial measure that these expenditures reflect all of the our obligations which require cash.

 

35


Table of Contents

The following table reconciles our most directly comparable GAAP financial measure to free cash flow:

 

     Year Ended June 30,  

(In thousands)

   2011     2010     2009  

Cash provided by operating activities

   $ 31,474      $ 15,708      $ 11,199   

Purchases of property and equipment

     (8,825     (7,334     (4,126
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Free cash flow

   $ 22,649      $ 8,374      $ 7,073   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BUSINESS DEVELOPMENTS:

FISCAL 2011

On January 12, 2011, we acquired the outstanding equity interests in LNX Corporation. The purchase price for the acquisition was approximately $31.0 million, subject to post-closing adjustments. We funded the purchase price with cash on hand and assumed no debt. In addition to the $31.0 million cash purchase price, we also committed to pay up to $5.0 million upon the achievement of financial targets in calendar years 2011 and 2012 (see Note C to the consolidated financial statements).

On February 16, 2011, we completed a follow-on public stock offering of 5,577,500 shares of common stock, which were sold at a price to the public of $17.75. The follow-on public stock offering resulted in $93.6 million of net proceeds to us. The underwriting discount of $5.0 million and other expenses of $0.4 million related to the follow-on public stock offering were recorded as an offset to additional paid-in-capital (see Note N to the consolidated financial statements).

FISCAL 2010

On June 28, 2010, we repaid the remaining $11.3 million principal balance on our line of credit with UBS. As of June 30, 2010, there were no borrowings against this line of credit.

On July 1, 2009, we had $50.1 million par value of auction rate securities (“ARS”). During fiscal 2010, UBS called $32.1 million of our ARS at par, reducing our balance on June 30, 2010 to $18.0 million. On June 30, 2010, we exercised our right to sell the remaining $18.0 million ARS balance to UBS at par value. The transaction settled on July 1, 2010 when we received $18.0 million in cash.

FISCAL 2009

In September 2008, we completed an asset sale of our former Biotech business for a $0.1 million cash payment, which was received in the second quarter of fiscal 2009, and $0.3 million of preferred shares in the acquiring entity. The Biotech business was previously reported in the results of the MFS operating segment. The accounting for this sale and Biotech’s operating results were included in discontinued operations in fiscal 2009, and prior period results have been reclassified to reflect the discontinuation and sale (see Note Q to the consolidated financial statements).

In January 2009, we completed the sale of our former Visage Imaging (“VI”) operating segment for gross consideration of $3.0 million in cash. Of the proceeds, a total of $1.1 million was held back for general indemnification purposes and employee termination payments to be incurred by the buyer. The sale resulted in a gain of $4.2 million on disposal of the discontinued operation. The gain was primarily comprised of cash proceeds of $1.0 million, net of transaction costs, and recognition of a foreign currency translation gain of $3.9 million associated with the VI business, offset by net assets of the business of $0.8 million. The accounting for this sale and the VI operating segment’s operating results were included in discontinued operations in fiscal 2009, and prior period results have been reclassified to reflect the discontinuation and sale (see Note Q to the consolidated financial statements).

 

36


Table of Contents

In February 2009, we repurchased $119.7 million (face value) aggregate principal amount of our 2% Convertible Senior Notes (the “Notes”) due in 2024 from the holder of such Notes. We repurchased the Notes for aggregate consideration equal to the principal amount of the Notes plus accrued interest. We paid the consideration for the Notes from a combination of cash on hand and the proceeds from the sale of certain U.S. Treasury securities held by us. We originally sold $125.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes in April 2004 (see Note L to the consolidated financial statements). In May 2009, we repurchased the remaining aggregate principal amount outstanding of $5.3 million (face value) of our Notes from the holders of such Notes.

In June 2009, we closed on the sale of our former Visualization Sciences Group (“VSG”) operating segment for gross consideration of $12.0 million in cash. The sale resulted in a gain of $6.4 million on disposal of the discontinued operation. The gain was primarily comprised of cash proceeds of $8.2 million, net of transaction costs, and recognition of a cumulative foreign currency translation gain of $1.6 million, offset by net assets of the business of approximately $3.4 million. The accounting for this sale and the VSG operating segment’s operating results were included in discontinued operations in fiscal 2009, and prior period results have been reclassified to reflect the discontinuation (see Note Q to the consolidated financial statements).

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS:

FISCAL 2011 VS. FISCAL 2010

The following tables set forth, for the periods indicated, financial data from the consolidated statement of operations:

 

(In thousands)

   Fiscal 2011     As a % of
Total Net
Revenue
    Fiscal 2010     As a % of
Total Net
Revenue
 

Net revenues

   $ 228,710        100.0   $ 199,830        100.0

Cost of revenues

     98,811        43.2        87,298        43.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

     129,899        56.8        112,532        56.3   

Operating expenses:

        

Selling, general and administrative

     57,868        25.3        51,519        25.7   

Research and development

     44,500        19.4        41,548        20.8   

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

     1,984        0.9        1,710        0.9   

Impairment of long-lived assets

     150        0.1        211        0.1   

Restructuring

     —          —          231        0.1   

Acquisition costs and other related expenses

     412        0.2        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     104,914        45.9        95,219        47.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     24,985        10.9        17,313        8.7   

Other income, net

     1,582        0.7        1,379        0.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

     26,567        11.6        18,692        9.4   

Income taxes (benefit)

     8,060        3.5        (9,377     (4.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

     18,507        8.1        28,069        14.1   

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

     (52     —          215        0.1   

(Loss) gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of income taxes

     (13     —          74        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 18,442        8.1   $ 28,358        14.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

37


Table of Contents

REVENUES

 

(In thousands)

   Fiscal
2011
    As a % of
Total Net
Revenue
    Fiscal
2010
     As a % of
Total Net
Revenue
    $ Change     % Change  

ACS

   $ 217,423        95   $ 188,967         95   $ 28,456        15

MFS

     11,415        5     10,735         5     680        6

Other

     (128     —          128         —          (256     (200 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total revenues

   $ 228,710        100   $ 199,830         100   $ 28,880        14
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total revenues increased $28.9 million, or 14%, to $228.7 million during fiscal 2011. International revenues represented approximately 4% and 10% of total revenues during fiscal years 2011 and 2010, respectively. The decrease in international revenues during fiscal 2011 was primarily driven by both the sales to a commercial customer in the European region during the 2010 period whose sales were serviced by the U.K. operations during the 2010 period versus our U.S. operations during the 2011 period, and reduced sales to a commercial customer in the Asia Pacific region during 2011.

ACS revenues increased $28.5 million, or 15%, during fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010. Revenue from sales to defense customers increased $21.1 million, from $146.6 million in fiscal 2010 to $167.7 million in fiscal 2011. This growth was mostly driven by an increase in the radar market, slightly offset by a decline in SSI revenues from $24.4 million to $12.9 million due to the emerging nature of this business which is subject to irregular patterns period to period. Revenue from sales to commercial customers increased $7.2 million, from $42.4 million in fiscal 2010 to $49.6 million in fiscal 2011. This growth was mostly driven by an increase in the semiconductor market driven by end of life buys, slightly offset by a decrease in sales in the commercial communications market. We expect our commercial business to decline significantly in fiscal 2012, after our systems were designed out of two key semiconductor customers’ products.

MFS revenues increased $0.7 million, or 6%, during fiscal 2011 as compared to fiscal 2010. This increase in revenue was primarily driven by an increase of $0.9 million in revenue relating to a persistent ISR development program. This increase was slightly offset by the year over year completion of other development programs.

Net Other revenues decreased $0.3 million during fiscal 2011 as compared to fiscal 2010. Net Other revenue is attributable to development programs where the revenue is recognized in both segments under contract accounting, and reflects the reconciliation to our consolidated results.

GROSS MARGIN

Gross margin was 56.8% for fiscal 2011, an increase of 50 basis points from the 56.3% gross margin achieved in fiscal 2010. The increase in gross margin was primarily due to a favorable shift in product mix from lower margin professional service revenues to higher margin product sales. These higher margins were partially offset by increases in manufacturing variances, scrap, and inventory provisions.

SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased 12.4%, or $6.4 million, to $57.9 million during fiscal 2011 compared to $51.5 million during fiscal 2010. The increase was primarily due to a $5.8 million increase in employee compensation expense driven by a 54 person increase in headcount, primarily related to the LNX acquisition, company-wide pay increases, and variable compensation increases, including a $1.5 million increase in stock-based compensation. Additionally, there was a $0.7 million increase in business meeting and travel expenses and a $0.5 million increase in depreciation expense. These increases were partially offset by a $1.0 million decrease in IT support expense. Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased as a percentage of revenues to 25.3% during fiscal 2011 from 25.7% during fiscal 2010. We continue to see improved operating leverage by maintaining our selling, general and administrative expenses growth below our revenue growth rate as our business scales.

 

38


Table of Contents

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

Research and development expenses increased 7%, or $3.0 million, to $44.5 million during fiscal 2011 compared to $41.5 million for fiscal 2010. The increase was primarily due to a $3.0 million increase in employee compensation expense driven by company-wide pay increases and higher bonuses. Additionally, a $0.7 million increase was due to a reduction in time spent by our engineers on billable projects and $0.9 million increases in IT and facility expense allocations. These increases were primarily offset by fewer purchases of prototype materials of $1.7 million to support long-term construction contracts nearing the end of their development stage. Research and development continues to be a focus of our business with approximately 19.4% of our revenues dedicated to research and development activities during fiscal 2011 and approximately 20.8% of our revenues dedicated to such activities during fiscal 2010. We continue to focus on improving the leverage of our research and development investments.

AMORTIZATION OF ACQUIRED INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Amortization of acquired intangible assets increased 18% or $0.3 million to $2.0 million during fiscal 2011 compared to $1.7 million for fiscal 2010, primarily due to amortization of intangible assets from the LNX acquisition completed during the third quarter of fiscal 2011.

IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS

We recorded $0.2 million in impairment charges during fiscal 2011 compared to $0.2 million in impairment charges recorded in fiscal 2010. The fiscal 2011 charge and $0.1 million of the fiscal 2010 charge represent the impairment of the fair value of the shares we received as compensation in the sale of our former Biotech business. The additional fiscal 2010 charge of $0.1 million was the result of impairment of the remaining value of a terminated license agreement. There were no impairment charges for goodwill in either fiscal 2011 or 2010.

RESTRUCTURING EXPENSE

There was no restructuring expense recorded in fiscal 2011 as compared to $0.2 million in fiscal 2010. Restructuring activities during fiscal 2010 were primarily due to the elimination of four positions under our restructuring plan within the ACS business unit which was enacted in July 2009, following the completion of the divestitures of our non-core businesses as part of the refocusing of our business operations.

ACQUISITION COSTS AND OTHER RELATED EXPENSES

We incurred $0.4 million of acquisition costs and other related expenses during fiscal 2011, which consist of transaction costs incurred in connection with the acquisition of LNX Corporation, which was concluded on January 12, 2011.

INTEREST INCOME

Interest income for fiscal 2011 decreased by $0.5 million to nil compared to fiscal 2010. Our marketable securities held during fiscal 2010 yielded higher interest rates than the money market funds and short-term government securities in which our cash was primarily invested during fiscal 2011. We held no marketable securities during fiscal 2011.

INTEREST EXPENSE

Interest expense for fiscal 2011 decreased by $0.3 million to $0.1 million compared to the same period in fiscal 2010. The decrease was the result of the repayment of our borrowings against our ARS at the end of fiscal 2010. We did not have any debt during fiscal 2011, other than capital lease obligations.

 

39


Table of Contents

OTHER INCOME, NET

Other income, net for fiscal 2011 increased by $0.4 million to $1.6 million compared to $1.2 million in fiscal 2010. Other income, net primarily consists of $1.2 million in amortization of the gain on the sale leaseback of our corporate headquarters located in Chelmsford, Massachusetts and foreign currency exchange gains and losses. The $0.4 million increase is primarily associated with a $0.4 million foreign currency exchange gain during fiscal 2011 as compared to a $0.2 million foreign currency exchange loss for fiscal 2010. The foreign currency exchange gain was largely driven by strengthening of the British pound and the Japanese yen against the U.S. dollar.

INCOME TAXES (BENEFIT)

We recorded a provision for income taxes of $8.1 million in fiscal 2011 reflecting a 30.3% effective tax rate, as compared to a (50.2)% effective tax rate for fiscal 2010. Our provision for income taxes for fiscal year 2011 differed from the federal statutory tax rate of 35% primarily due to the impact of research and development tax credits, the impact of a domestic manufacturing deduction, and favorable discrete items. Our provision for income taxes for fiscal year 2010 differed from the federal statutory rate primarily due to the release of a portion of our valuation allowance on U.S. deferred tax assets, and several favorable discrete items which included a benefit from our 2009 tax return filing concerning our ability to utilize certain net operating losses, a decrease in our valuation allowance for uncertain tax positions and a decrease due to the favorable settlement of issues regarding our 2006 through 2008 tax return filings.

DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

In accordance with FASB ASC 360, VSG, VI and Biotech have been reflected as discontinued operations for all periods presented in our consolidated financial statements, except the consolidated statements of cash flows. Accordingly, the revenue, costs, expenses, assets and liabilities of VSG, VI and Biotech have been reported separately in the consolidated statements of operations for all periods presented. The results of discontinued operations do not reflect any interest expense or any allocation of corporate general and administrative expense.

We incurred a loss from discontinued operations of $0.1 million during fiscal 2011 compared to income from discontinued operations of $0.2 million in fiscal 2010.

SEGMENT OPERATING RESULTS

Operating profit for ACS increased $10.0 million to $32.0 million during fiscal 2011, as compared to $22.0 million during fiscal 2010. The increase in operating profit was primarily driven by increased revenues of $28.5 million, which drove an improvement in gross margin. This improvement was partially offset by increases in operating expenses necessary to grow the business. However, operating expenses declined as a percent of revenue as we continued to improve our operating leverage.

Losses from the operations of the MFS segment increased by $0.3 million during fiscal 2011 to an operating loss of $1.0 million, as compared to an operating loss of $0.7 million in fiscal 2010. The increase was primarily driven by increased operating expenses relating to additional headcount, partially offset by a $0.9 million increase in revenues from a persistent ISR development program.

See Note P to our consolidated financial statements for more information regarding our operating segments.

 

40


Table of Contents

FISCAL 2010 VS. FISCAL 2009

The following tables set forth, for the periods indicated, financial data from the consolidated statement of operations:

 

(In thousands)

   Fiscal 2010     As a % of
Total Net
Revenue
    Fiscal 2009     As a % of
Total Net
Revenue
 

Net revenues

   $ 199,830        100.0   $ 188,939        100.0

Cost of revenues

     87,298        43.7        83,509        44.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

     112,532        56.3        105,430        55.8   

Operating expenses:

        

Selling, general and administrative

     51,519        25.7        51,185        27.1   

Research and development

     41,548        20.8        42,372        22.4   

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

     1,710        0.9        2,414        1.3   

Impairment of long-lived assets

     211        0.1        —          0.0   

Restructuring

     231        0.1        1,712        0.9   

Acquisition costs and other related expenses

     —          0.0        —          0.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     95,219        47.6        97,683        51.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     17,313        8.7        7,747        4.1   

Other income, net

     1,379        0.7        271        0.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

     18,692        9.4        8,018        4.2   

Income tax (benefit) expense

     (9,377     (4.7     109        0.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

     28,069        14.1        7,909        4.2   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

     215        0.1        (20,328     (10.8

Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of income taxes

     74        0.0        11,157        5.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 28,358        14.2   $ (1,262     (0.7 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

REVENUES

 

(In thousands)

   FISCAL
2010
     As a % of
Total Net
Revenue
    FISCAL
2009
     As a % of
Total Net
Revenue
    $ Change      % Change  

ACS

   $ 188,967         95   $ 183,393         97   $ 5,574         3

MFS

     10,735         5     5,546         3     5,189         94

Other

     128         —          —           —          128         N/A   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total revenues

   $ 199,830         100   $ 188,939         100   $ 10,891         6
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total revenues increased $10.9 million, or 6%, to $199.8 million during fiscal 2010. International revenues represented approximately 10% and 7% of total revenues during fiscal years 2010 and 2009, respectively.

ACS revenues increased $5.6 million, or 3%, during fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009. Revenue from sales to defense customers increased $7.3 million, from $139.3 million in fiscal 2009 to $146.6 million in fiscal 2010. This growth was driven by our participation in several radar programs. Revenue from sales to commercial customers decreased $1.7 million, from $44.1 million in fiscal 2009 to $42.4 million in fiscal 2010. This decrease was driven by expected declines in sales of legacy product to medical equipment customers, partially offset by increases in sales to commercial communications and semiconductor inspection equipment customers.

 

41


Table of Contents

MFS revenues increased $5.2 million, or 94%, during fiscal 2010 as compared to fiscal 2009. This increase in revenue was primarily driven by an increase of $5.5 million in revenue relating to an ISR QRC development program. This increase was slightly offset by the year over year completion of other development programs.

Net Other revenues increased $0.1 million to $0.1 million during fiscal 2010 as compared to nil during fiscal 2009. Net Other revenue is attributable to development programs where the revenue recognized in our two business segments under contract accounting is either greater or less than revenue recognized on a consolidated basis.

GROSS MARGIN

Gross margin was 56.3% for fiscal 2010, an increase of 50 basis points from the 55.8% gross margin achieved in fiscal 2009. The increase in gross margin was primarily due to a $5.8 million decrease in provisions for obsolete inventory, a $1.5 million decrease in warranty expense and a $0.8 million decrease in scrap expenditures, as compared to fiscal 2009. This increase was partially offset by a decrease in direct margin due to an unfavorable shift in product and business mix. Significant reserves for inventory obsolescence were booked in fiscal 2009 largely due to lower demand in our commercial markets.

SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased 0.7% or $0.3 million to $51.5 million during fiscal 2010 compared to $51.2 million during fiscal 2009. The increase was primarily due to a $1.1 million increase in salary and fringe expense primarily attributed to an increase in severance expense for terminated employees and a $0.2 million increase in recruiting costs associated with filling key executive positions. These increases were partially offset by decreases of $0.8 million in legal fees and $0.4 million in sales commissions paid due to lower bookings. Even with an increase in overall selling, general and administrative expenses in fiscal 2010, these expenses represented approximately 25.7% of our revenues during fiscal 2010, down from 27.1% in fiscal 2009 due to our continued focus on improving the underlying leverage of the business.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

Research and development expenses decreased 2% or $0.9 million to $41.5 million during fiscal 2010 compared to $42.4 million for fiscal 2009. The decrease was primarily the result of a $3.8 million increase in the time spent by our engineers on billable projects, a $0.5 million decrease in stock-based compensation expense due to the difference in the values of awards that were fully vested in fiscal 2010 and the values of new grants, and a $0.3 million decrease in depreciation expense due to assets becoming fully depreciated. The decrease in research and development expenses was partially offset by a $2.1 million increase in salary expense due to an increase in headcount, a $0.8 million increase in prototype material spending, and a $0.4 million increase in equipment and supply costs. Research and development continues to be a focus of our business with approximately 20.8% of our revenues dedicated to research and development activities during fiscal 2010 and approximately 22.4% of our revenues dedicated to such activities during fiscal 2009. We continue to focus on improving the leverage of our research and development investments in order to realize a more near-term return.

AMORTIZATION OF ACQUIRED INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Amortization of acquired intangible assets decreased 29% or $0.7 million to $1.7 million during fiscal 2010 compared to $2.4 million for fiscal 2009. The decrease was attributable to assets becoming fully amortized during fiscal 2010 and a fiscal 2010 impairment of a terminated license agreement.

 

42


Table of Contents

IMPAIRMENT OF GOODWILL AND LONG-LIVED ASSETS

We recorded $0.2 million in impairment charges in fiscal 2010 compared to no impairment charges recorded in fiscal 2009. These fiscal 2010 charges were the result of the $0.1 million impairment of the remaining value of a terminated license agreement and $0.1 million for the impairment of the fair value of the shares we received as compensation in the sale of our former Biotech business.

Following the VI and VSG divestitures, ACS is the only reporting unit containing goodwill, and in June 2010, we performed our annual goodwill impairment test in accordance with FASB ASC 350. This evaluation was performed consistent with prior years and relied on a discounted cash flow analysis, which was corroborated by two market-based analyses: one evaluated guideline companies and another that reviewed comparable transactions. For each analysis performed, the fair value of the ACS reporting unit was deemed to be in excess of the book value. As such, no impairment charge was recorded. There were no impairment charges in fiscal 2009.

RESTRUCTURING EXPENSE

Restructuring expense for fiscal 2010 decreased $1.5 million to $0.2 million as compared to $1.7 million in fiscal 2009. This decrease reflects no additional substantial activities and was primarily due to improved operating results in fiscal 2010 and an improved outlook for fiscal 2011 and beyond. As a result of the restructuring actions taken in fiscal 2010, we eliminated four positions, while we eliminated approximately 35 positions in fiscal 2009.

INTEREST INCOME

Interest income for fiscal 2010 decreased by $1.6 million to $0.5 million compared to $2.1 million in fiscal 2009. The decrease was primarily attributable to decreased rates of return on our marketable securities, as well as a decrease in the amount of cash invested in marketable securities as a result of the redemption of our ARS throughout fiscal 2010. Seventy-five percent of each ARS redemption was required to be applied against our outstanding line of credit balance with UBS.

INTEREST EXPENSE

Interest expense for fiscal 2010 decreased by $2.2 million to $0.4 million compared to $2.6 million in fiscal 2009. The decrease was primarily due to lower interest incurred as a result of the redemption of our ARS throughout fiscal 2010.

OTHER INCOME, NET

Other income, net for fiscal 2010 increased by $0.4 million to $1.2 million compared to $0.8 million in fiscal 2009. The increase was primarily due to an expense associated with our deferred compensation plan that was closed in fiscal 2009 that did not recur in fiscal 2010, offset by an increase in foreign exchange losses.

INCOME TAXES (BENEFIT)

Our income tax benefit of $9.4 million in fiscal 2010 is primarily related to the release a portion of our valuation allowance on our U.S. deferred tax assets. Our effective income tax rate for fiscal 2010 was (50.2)% as a result of releasing a portion of our valuation allowance on our U.S. deferred tax assets. The changes in the valuation allowance resulted in a benefit of $14.8 million. Excluding the impact of changes in the valuation allowance, our income tax provision for fiscal 2010 was an expense of $5.4 million compared to an expense of $0.1 million for fiscal 2009.

Deferred tax assets are to be reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of available positive and negative evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be

 

43


Table of Contents

realized. At June 30, 2009, our U.S. deferred tax assets had a full valuation allowance of $22.4 million. Based upon our operating results for the years immediately preceding and through June 30, 2010, as well as an assessment of our expected future results of operations in the U.S., at June 30, 2010, we determined that it had become more likely than not that we would realize a substantial portion of our deferred tax assets in the U.S. As a result, at June 30, 2010, we released $7.4 million of valuation allowances on our U.S. deferred tax assets.

DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

In June 2009, we closed on the sale of our former VSG operating segment for gross consideration of $12.0 million in cash. The sale resulted in a gain of $6.4 million on disposal of the discontinued operation. The gain was primarily comprised of cash proceeds of $8.2 million net of transaction costs, and recognition of a cumulative foreign currency translation gain of $1.6 million, offset by net assets of approximately $3.4 million. There were no material adjustments to the gain on disposal during fiscal 2010.

In January 2009, we completed the sale of our former VI operating segment for gross consideration of $3.0 million in cash. Of the proceeds, a total of $1.1 million was held back for general indemnification purposes and employee termination payments incurred by the buyer. Of the total held back, $0.3 million was used for termination payments, $0.4 million was used for general indemnification purposes and $0.3 million was remitted back to us. The sale resulted in a gain of $4.2 million on disposal of the discontinued operation. The gain was primarily comprised of expected cash proceeds, net of transaction costs, of $1.0 million and the recognition of a cumulative foreign currency translation gain of $3.9 million, offset by net assets of the business of approximately $0.8 million. There were no material adjustments to the gain on disposal during fiscal 2010. In December 2008, we were required to perform an interim impairment test of goodwill and long-lived assets as a result of a triggering event: our perceived decline in the market value for the VI business. Based on this interim evaluation, the carrying amount of goodwill in the VI operating segment exceeded the implied fair value, resulting in a goodwill impairment charge of $13.0 million. In December 2008, we also recorded an impairment of the customer relationships intangible asset within the VI operating segment of $1.5 million.

In September 2008, we completed an asset sale of our former Biotech business for a $0.1 million cash payment, which was received in the second quarter of fiscal 2009, and $0.3 million of preferred shares in the acquiring entity. The Biotech business was previously reported in the results of the MFS operating segment. The sale resulted in a gain of $0.3 million on disposal of the discontinued operation.

In accordance with FASB ASC 360, VSG, VI and Biotech have been reflected as discontinued operations for all periods presented in our consolidated financial statements, except the consolidated statements of cash flows. Accordingly, the revenue, costs, expenses, assets and liabilities of VSG, VI and Biotech have been reported separately in the consolidated statements of operations and consolidated balance sheets for all periods presented. The results of discontinued operations do not reflect any interest expense or any allocation of corporate general and administrative expense.

We had income from discontinued operations of $0.2 million during fiscal 2010 compared to a loss from discontinued operations of $20.3 million in fiscal 2009.

SEGMENT OPERATING RESULTS

Operating profit for ACS increased $8.6 million to $22.0 million during fiscal 2010, as compared to fiscal 2009. The increase in operating profit was driven by the $5.5 million increase year over year in revenues. In addition, gross margin improved 70 basis points as a result of lower manufacturing costs. Amortization costs decreased $0.7 million and restructuring costs decreased $1.5 million in fiscal 2010, partially offset by higher investments in sales and marketing.

 

44


Table of Contents

Losses from the operations of the MFS segment decreased by $0.2 million during fiscal 2010 to an operating loss of $0.7 million, as compared to an operating loss of $0.9 million in fiscal 2009. The improvement in operating results was largely due to increased revenue relating to an ISR development program. This was offset by increased operating expenses relating to additional headcount.

See Note P to our consolidated financial statements for more information regarding our operating segments.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

During fiscal 2011, our primary source of liquidity came from existing cash, $93.6 million of net proceeds received from a follow-on public stock offering, and cash generated from operations. Our near-term fixed commitments for cash expenditures consist primarily of payments under operating leases, a supply agreement and inventory purchase commitments with our contract manufacturers. We do not currently have any material commitments for capital expenditures.

Follow-On Public Stock Offering

On February 16, 2011, we completed a follow-on public stock offering of 5,577,500 shares of common stock, which were sold at a price to the public of $17.75. The follow-on public stock offering resulted in $93.6 million of net proceeds to us. The underwriting discount of $5.0 million and other expenses of $0.4 million related to the follow-on public stock offering were recorded as an offset to additional paid-in-capital.

The February 2011 follow-on public stock offering generated gross proceeds (i.e., proceeds before underwriting fees) of $99 million out of the $100 million available under our existing shelf registration statement, effectively exhausting our shelf registration statement.

Senior Secured Credit Facility

Original Loan Agreement

On February 12, 2010, we entered into a loan and security agreement (the “Loan Agreement”) with Silicon Valley Bank (the “Lender”). The Loan Agreement provided for a $15.0 million revolving line of credit (the “Revolver”) and a $20.0 million acquisition line (the “Term Loan”). The Revolver was available for borrowing during a two-year period, with interest payable monthly and the principal due at the February 11, 2012 maturity of the Revolver. The Term Loan was available for up to three separate borrowings, with total borrowings not to exceed $20.0 million, until February 11, 2012. The Term Loan had monthly interest and principal payments through the February 11, 2014 maturity of the Term Loan.

The interest rates include various rate options that are available to us. The rates are calculated using a combination of conventional base rate measures plus a margin over those rates. The base rates consist of LIBOR rates and prime rates. The actual rates will depend on the level of these underlying rates plus a margin based on our leverage at the time of borrowing.

Borrowings are secured by a first-priority security interest in all of our domestic assets, including intellectual property, but limited to 65% of the voting stock of foreign subsidiaries. Our MFS subsidiary is a guarantor and has granted a security interest in its assets in favor of the Lender. Following the acquisition of LNX Corporation, LNX also became a guarantor. The Lender may require Mercury Computer Systems Limited, our United Kingdom subsidiary, or Nihon Mercury Computer Systems, K.K., our Japanese subsidiary, to provide guarantees in the future if the cash or assets of such subsidiary exceed specified levels.

The Loan Agreement provided for conventional affirmative and negative covenants, including a minimum quick ratio of 1.5 to 1.0. If we had less than $10.0 million of cash equivalents in accounts with the Lender in excess of our borrowings, we must also satisfy a $15.0 million minimum trailing-four-quarter cash-flow

 

45


Table of Contents

covenant. The minimum cash flow covenant is calculated as our trailing-four quarter adjusted EBITDA as defined in the Loan Agreement. In addition, the Loan Agreement contains certain customary representations and warranties and limits our and our subsidiaries’ ability to incur liens, dispose of assets, carry out certain mergers and acquisitions, make investments and capital expenditures and defines events of default and limitations on us and our subsidiaries to incur additional debt.

Amended Loan Agreement

On March 30, 2011, we entered into an amendment to the Loan Agreement (as amended, the “Amended Loan Agreement”) with the Lender. We amended the Loan Agreement in order to extend the term during which we may borrow, to make the entire $35 million available for revolving credit, and to obtain more favorable financial covenants and relax mergers and acquisition restrictions. The amendment extended the term of the Revolver for an additional two years, to February 11, 2014, terminated the $20.0 million Term Loan under the original Loan Agreement, and increased the original $15.0 million Revolver to $35.0 million. The amendment also included modifications to the financial covenants as summarized below.

The Amended Loan Agreement provides for conventional affirmative and negative covenants, including a minimum quick ratio of 1.0 to 1.0 and a $15.0 million minimum trailing four quarter cash flow covenant through and including June 30, 2012 (with $17.5 million of minimum cash flow required thereafter).

We have had no borrowings under the credit facility since inception and were in compliance with all covenants in the Amended Loan Agreement as of June 30, 2011.

Shelf Registration Statement

On August 2, 2011, we filed a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 with the SEC. The shelf registration statement, which has been declared effective by the SEC, registered up to $500 million of debt securities, preferred stock, common stock, warrants and units. We intend to use the proceeds from a financing using the shelf registration statement for general corporate purposes, which may include the following:

 

   

the acquisition of other companies or businesses;

 

   

the repayment and refinancing of debt;

 

   

capital expenditures;

 

   

working capital; and

 

   

other purposes as described in the prospectus supplement.

Based on our current plans and business conditions, we believe that existing cash, cash equivalents, available line of credit with Silicon Valley Bank, cash generated from operations, and financing capabilities will be sufficient to satisfy our anticipated cash requirements for at least the next twelve months.

CASH FLOWS

 

(In thousands)

As of and for the fiscal year ended

   June 30,
2011
    June 30,
2010
    June 30,
2009
 

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 31,474      $ 15,708      $ 11,199   

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

   $ (22,683   $ 23,615      $ 66,946   

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

   $ 97,800      $ (30,594   $ (90,897

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   $ 106,634      $ 9,291      $ (12,095

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 162,875      $ 56,241      $ 46,950   

Our cash and cash equivalents increased by $106.6 million during fiscal 2011 primarily as the result of $31.5 million generated by operating activities, $93.6 million net proceeds received from a follow-on public

 

46


Table of Contents

stock offering, $18.0 million cash proceeds from sale of marketable securities and $4.6 million generated from stock related activities, offset by $29.5 million in payment, net of cash acquired, for the LNX acquisition, $8.8 million in capital expenditures and $2.4 million in payments for acquired intangible assets.

Operating Activities

During fiscal 2011, we generated $31.5 million in cash from operations compared to $15.7 million generated from operations during fiscal 2010. The $15.8 million increase in the amount of cash generated from operations was driven by a $15.5 million improvement in accounts receivable primarily driven by collection of a large receivable shipped at the end of fiscal 2010, an $11.6 million increase in provision for deferred income taxes, a $4.0 million increase in cash generated from prepaid income taxes and income taxes payable, a $3.4 million increase in inventory activities, a $1.6 million increase in stock-based compensation, a $1.5 million increase in depreciation and amortization expense, and a $0.9 million reduction in other non-cash items. These improvements were partially offset by lower comparative net income of $9.9 million, a $4.8 million increase in cash used for accounts payable and accrued expenses, a $4.8 million increase in cash used for deferred revenue, customer advances, and other non-current liabilities, and a $3.2 million increase in cash used for prepaid expenses and other current and non-current assets. Our ability to generate cash from operations in future periods will depend in large part on profitability, the rate of collection of accounts receivable, our inventory turns and our ability to manage other areas of working capital.

During fiscal 2010, we generated $15.7 million in cash from operations compared to $11.2 million generated from operations during fiscal 2009. The $4.5 million increase in the amount of cash generated from operations was largely driven by a $29.6 million improvement in net income, an $18.4 million decrease in cash used for accounts payable and accrued expenses, an $11.1 improvement in losses on the sale of discontinued operations, and a $3.3 million increase in cash from deferred revenues and customer advances. These improvements were partially offset by a $16.5 million decrease in accounts receivable, a $14.3 million decrease in the non cash adjustment from the impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets, an $8.3 million increase in deferred tax assets, an $8.3 million decrease in inventory activities, a $4.5 million reduction in prepaid expenses and other current assets, a $2.5 million reduction to depreciation and amortization expense, and a $2.2 million increase to prepaid income taxes. Our ability to generate cash from operations in future periods will depend in large part on profitability, the rate of collection of accounts receivable, our inventory turns and our ability to manage other areas of working capital.

Investing Activities

During fiscal 2011, we used cash of $22.7 million in investing activities compared to $23.6 million generated from investing activities during fiscal 2010. The $46.3 million increase in cash used by investing activities was primarily driven by a $29.5 million payment, net of cash acquired, for the LNX acquisition, a $14.0 million decrease in net sales of marketable securities, a $2.1 million increase in cash used for purchases of intangible assets and a $1.5 million increase in capital expenditures, offset by a $0.8 million decrease in cash payments related to the sale of discontinued operations.

During fiscal 2010, we generated $23.6 million of cash from investing activities compared with $66.9 million generated from investing activities during fiscal 2009. The $43.3 million decrease in cash generated from investing activities was primarily driven by a $28.5 million decrease in net sales of marketable securities, a $10.8 million decrease in proceeds from the sale of discontinued operations, and a $3.2 million increase in cash used for purchases of capital assets.

Financing Activities

During fiscal 2011, we generated $97.8 million in cash from financing activities compared to $30.6 million used by financing activities during fiscal 2010. The $128.4 million increase in cash generated from financing

 

47


Table of Contents

activities was primarily due to $93.6 million of net proceeds received from a follow-on public stock offering, the absence of $33.3 million in payments under our line of credit with UBS, an increase of $1.7 million of cash generated from stock related activities, and a $0.1 million decrease in payments of deferred financing and offering costs. These increases were slightly offset by $0.3 million of cash used in payments of capital lease obligations and other.

During fiscal 2010, we used $30.6 million of cash in our financing activities compared with $90.9 million used in financing activities during fiscal 2009. The $60.3 million decrease in cash used in financing activities was primarily due a reduction in cash used on the repurchase of $125.0 million (face value) aggregate principal amount of our 2% Notes, offset by cash used to retire our $33.4 million UBS line of credit. We paid the consideration for the UBS line of credit from a combination of cash on hand and the proceeds from the redemption of certain of our ARS by UBS. We originally drew down $33.4 million on the UBS line of credit in fiscal 2009.

COMMITMENTS AND CONTRACTURAL OBLIGATIONS

The following is a schedule of our commitments and contractual obligations outstanding at June 30, 2011:

 

(In thousands)

   Total      Less Than
1 Year
     2-3
Years
     4-5
Years
     More Than
5 Years
 

Operating leases

   $ 14,457       $ 3,144       $ 5,191       $ 4,408       $ 1,714   

Purchase obligations

     15,966         15,966         —           —           —     

Supply agreement

     1,617         —           1,617         —           —     

Capital lease obligations

     206         155         51         —           —     

Interest due on capital lease obligations

     6         5         1         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 32,252       $ 19,270       $ 6,860       $ 4,408       $ 1,714   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

We have a liability at June 30, 2011 of $1.8 million for uncertain tax positions that have been taken or are expected to be taken in various income tax returns. We do not know the ultimate resolutions of these uncertain tax positions and as such, do not know the ultimate timing of payments related to this liability. Accordingly, these amounts are not included in the above table.

Purchase obligations represent open non-cancelable purchase commitments for certain inventory components and services used in normal operations. The purchase commitments covered by these agreements are generally for less than one year and aggregated approximately $16.0 million at June 30, 2011.

In September 2006, we entered into a supply agreement with a third-party vendor to purchase certain inventory parts that went “end of life.” This supply agreement, as subsequently amended, commits the vendor to acquiring and storing approximately $6.5 million of inventory until August 31, 2012 and allows us to place orders for the inventory four times a year. Upon the earlier of January 31, 2007 or completion of the wafer fabrication process, we were required to and paid approximately $1.9 million of the $6.5 million. Further, upon expiration of the agreement on August 31, 2012, if we do not purchase the full $6.5 million in inventory, we may be required to pay a penalty equal to 35% of the remaining inventory balance. As of June 30, 2011, the remaining minimum commitment related to this agreement was $1.6 million, which is the 35% “penalty” on the remaining inventory balance. While we expect to continue to purchase this inventory through the expiration of the agreement, we do not expect to purchase the full $6.5 million noted above. As of June 30, 2011, we have recorded an accrued liability of approximately $0.6 million for the 35% penalty we anticipate on paying for unpurchased inventory.

Our standard product sales and license agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business typically contain an indemnification provision pursuant to which we indemnify, hold harmless, and agree to reimburse the

 

48


Table of Contents

indemnified party for losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified party in connection with certain intellectual property infringement claims by any third party with respect to our products. Such provisions generally survive termination or expiration of the agreements. The potential amount of future payments we could be required to make under these indemnification provisions is, in some instances, unlimited.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

In connection with the divestitures of our former VI, VSG, Biotech and ES/PS businesses, we provided indemnification to the buyers of the respective businesses. Our indemnification obligations generally cover the buyers for damages resulting from breaches of representations, warranties and covenants contained in the applicable purchase and sale agreement and generally cover pre-closing tax liabilities of the divested businesses. Our indemnification obligations regarding the divested businesses are generally subject to caps on our obligations.

Other than the indemnification relating to the divestitures of our former VI, VSG, Biotech and ES/PS businesses, our lease commitments incurred in the normal course of business and certain other indemnification provisions (see Note M to the consolidated financial statements), we do not have any off-balance sheet financing arrangements or liabilities, guarantee contracts, retained or contingent interests in transferred assets, or any obligation arising out of a material variable interest in an unconsolidated entity. We do not have any majority-owned subsidiaries that are not consolidated in the financial statements. Additionally, we do not have an interest in, or relationships with, any special purpose entities.

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In July 2008, we and our former CEO, James Bertelli, entered into an agreement for consulting services through June 30, 2010. The consideration for these services totaled $0.2 million and was paid out over the service period. As of June 30, 2010, we had made payments of $0.2 million for consulting services under this agreement. Additionally, in July 2008, we entered into a five year non-compete agreement with Mr. Bertelli. This agreement, which is carried as an intangible asset on our balance sheet, was valued at $0.5 million and is being amortized over the life of the agreement. As of December 31, 2010, we had made payments of $0.5 million under this non-compete agreement.

During fiscal 2011 and 2010, we did not engage in any related party transactions.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND SIGNIFICANT JUDGMENTS AND ESTIMATES

We have identified the policies discussed below as critical to understanding our business and our results of operations. The impact and any associated risks related to these policies on our business operations are discussed throughout Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations where such policies affect our reported and expected financial results.

The preparation of consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent liabilities. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and judgments, including those related to revenue recognition, contingencies, litigation, and the valuation of inventory, long-lived assets, goodwill, share-based compensation and income tax assets. We base our estimates on historical experience and on appropriate and customary assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Changes in our estimates from period to period, such as changes in assumptions underlying our estimates, may have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations. Similarly, using the ends of the

 

49


Table of Contents

range of reasonably possible amounts that we determined in formulating our estimate, rather than the reported estimate, may have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations. However, during the past three fiscal years, such changes in our estimates, including those related to accounts receivable and inventory valuation, and to warranty cost accruals, have not had a material impact on our overall financial performance or on any individual line item in our consolidated financial statements, with the exception of the change in estimate related to the valuation allowances on our deferred tax assets and our goodwill impairment analysis. Our valuation allowances on our deferred tax assets had a $14.8 million benefit to our tax provision during fiscal 2010 and a $6 million benefit to our tax provision during fiscal 2009 (see Note R to the consolidated financial statements). Our assumptions related to our goodwill valuation analysis did not result in an impairment in fiscal 2011, and fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

Revenue from system sales is recognized upon shipment provided that title and risk of loss have passed to the customer, there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, the sales price is fixed or determinable, collection of the related receivable is reasonably assured, and customer acceptance criteria, if any, have been successfully demonstrated.

Certain contracts with customers require us to perform tests of our products prior to shipment to ensure their performance complies with our published product specifications and, on occasion, with additional customer-requested specifications. In these cases, we conduct such tests and, if they are completed successfully, include a written confirmation with each order shipped. As a result, at the time of each product shipment, we believe that no further customer testing requirements exist and that there is no uncertainty of acceptance by our customer.

We enter into multiple-deliverable arrangements that may include a combination of hardware components, related integration or other services. These arrangements generally do not include any performance-, cancellation-, termination- or refund-type provisions. Total revenue recognized under multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements in fiscal 2011 was 50% of total revenues. Approximately 30% to 50% of our multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements ship complete within the same quarter.

Effective July 1, 2009, we adopted the Financial Accounting Standard Boards (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2009-13 (“FASB ASU 2009-13”), Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements, which amends FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 605-25, Revenue Recognition Multiple-Element Arrangements (“FASB ASC 605-25”). FASB ASU 2009-13 eliminates the residual method of allocation for multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements and requires that arrangement consideration be allocated at the inception of an arrangement to all deliverables using the relative selling price method. FASB ASU 2009-13 also establishes a selling price hierarchy for determining the selling price of a deliverable, which includes: (1) vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) if available; (2) third-party evidence (“TPE”) if VSOE is not available; and (3) best estimated selling price (“BESP”), if neither VSOE or TPE is available. Additionally, FASB ASU 2009-13 expands the disclosure requirements related to a vendor’s multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements. This guidance is effective for us on July 1, 2010; however, we elected to early adopt, as permitted by the guidance. As such, we have prospectively applied the provisions of FASB ASU 2009-13 to all revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified after July 1, 2009.

Per the provisions of FASB ASU 2009-13, we allocate arrangement consideration to each deliverable in an arrangement based on its relative selling price. We determine selling price using VSOE, if it exists, otherwise TPE. If neither VSOE nor TPE of selling price exists for a unit of accounting, we use BESP. We generally expect that we will not be able to establish TPE due to the nature of the markets in which we compete, and, as such, we typically will determine selling price using VSOE or BESP.

VSOE is generally limited to the price charged when the same or similar product is sold separately or, if applicable, the stated substantive renewal rate in the agreement. If a product or service is seldom sold separately, it is unlikely that we can determine VSOE for the product or service. We define VSOE as a median price of recent standalone transactions that are priced within a narrow range, as defined by us.

 

50


Table of Contents

TPE is determined based on the prices charged by our competitors for a similar deliverable when sold separately. As noted above, we are not able to use TPE as we are usually unable to obtain sufficient information on competitor pricing to substantiate TPE.

If we are unable to establish selling price using VSOE or TPE, and the order was received or materially modified after our FASB ASU 2009-13 implementation date of July 1, 2009, we will use BESP in our allocation of arrangement consideration. The objective of BESP is to determine the price at which we would transact if the product or service were sold by us on a standalone basis.

Our determination of BESP involves the consideration of several factors based on the specific facts and circumstances of each arrangement. Specifically, we consider the cost to produce the deliverable, the anticipated margin on that deliverable, the selling price and profit margin for similar parts, our ongoing pricing strategy and policies (as evident from the price list established and updated by management on a regular basis), the value of any enhancements that have been built into the deliverable and the characteristics of the varying markets in which the deliverable is sold.

Since the adoption of FASB ASU 2009-13 on July 1, 2009, we have primarily used our ongoing pricing strategy and policies to determine BESP. We have corroborated the BESP determined by ongoing pricing strategy and policies with the cost to produce the deliverable, the anticipated margin on the deliverable, the selling price and profit margin for similar parts and the characteristics of the varying markets in which the deliverables are sold. We will determine BESP for deliverables in future agreements based on the specific facts and circumstances of each arrangement.

We plan to analyze the selling prices used in our allocation of arrangement consideration at a minimum on an annual basis. Selling prices will be analyzed on a more frequent basis if a significant change in our business necessitates a more timely analysis or if we experience significant variances in our selling prices.

Each deliverable within our multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements is accounted for as a separate unit of accounting under the guidance of FASB ASU 2009-13 if both of the following criteria are met: the delivered item or items have value to the customer on a standalone basis; and for an arrangement that includes a general right of return relative to the delivered item(s), delivery or performance of the undelivered item(s) is considered probable and substantially in our control. We consider a deliverable to have standalone value if the item is sold separately by us or another vendor or if the item could be resold by the customer. Further, our revenue arrangements generally do not include a general right of return relative to delivered products.

Deliverables not meeting the criteria for being a separate unit of accounting are combined with a deliverable that does meet that criterion. The appropriate allocation of arrangement consideration and recognition of revenue is then determined for the combined unit of accounting.

For transactions involving the licensing of standalone software products and of software that is not incidental to the product, we recognize revenue when there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, delivery of the software has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable, and collection of the related receivable is reasonably assured. Our software products are generally not deemed essential to the functionality of any hardware system and do not require installation by us or significant modification or customization of the software. If fair value of maintenance agreements related to standalone software products is obtained, the fair value of the maintenance agreement is recognized as revenue ratably over the term of each maintenance agreement.

In electing to early adopt FASB ASU 2009-13, we also early adopted FASB ASU No. 2009-14, Certain Revenue Arrangements That Include Software Elements (“FASB ASU 2009-14”). FASB ASU 2009-14 amends the FASB ASC 985-605, Software Revenue Recognition, to change the accounting model for revenue arrangements that include both tangible products and software elements, such that tangible products containing

 

51


Table of Contents

both software and non-software components that function together to deliver the tangible product’s essential functionality are no longer within the scope of software revenue guidance. These arrangements are instead subject to the guidance in FASB ASC 605-25. We monitor all multiple-element arrangements to determine if they are in scope of FASB ASU 2009-14, and when applicable will apply all relevant criteria per guidance. The adoption of FASB ASU 2009-14 has not had a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.

For multiple-element arrangements entered into prior to July 1, 2009, in accordance with FASB ASC 605-25, we defer the greater of the fair value of any undelivered elements of the contract or the portion of the sales price that is not payable until the undelivered elements are delivered. For a delivered item to be considered a separate unit, the delivered item must have value to the customer on a standalone basis, there must be objective and reliable evidence of fair value of the undelivered items in the arrangement and the delivery or performance of the undelivered item must be considered probable and substantially within our control. Fair value is generally limited to the price charged when the same or similar element is sold separately or, if applicable, the stated substantive renewal rate in the agreement. For multiple-element arrangements for which we do not have fair value for the undelivered elements, we either defer all revenue until the order ships complete, or in the event where a maintenance arrangement is the only undelivered element, we generally amortize the fair value of maintenance agreement over the maintenance period.

We also engage in long-term contracts for development, production and services activities which we account for consistent with FASB ASC 605-35, Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts, and other relevant revenue recognition accounting literature. We consider the nature of these contracts and the types of products and services provided when determining the proper accounting for a particular contract. Generally for fixed-price contracts, other than service-type contracts, revenue is recognized primarily under the percentage of completion method or, for certain short-term contracts, by the completed contract method. Revenue from service-type fixed-price contracts is recognized ratably over the contract period or by other appropriate input or output methods to measure service provided, and contract costs are expensed as incurred. We establish billing terms at the time project deliverables and milestones are agreed. Normal payment terms are thirty days from invoice date. Revenues recognized in excess of the amounts invoiced to clients are classified as unbilled receivables. The risk to us on a fixed-price contract is that if estimates to complete the contract change from one period to the next, profit levels will vary from period to period. For time and materials contracts, revenue reflects the number of direct labor hours expended in the performance of a contract multiplied by the contract billing rate, as well as reimbursement of other billable direct costs. The risk inherent in time and materials contracts is that actual costs may differ materially from negotiated billing rates in the contract, which would directly affect operating income. For all types of contracts, we recognize anticipated contract losses as soon as they become known and estimable. Out-of-pocket expenses that are reimbursable by the customer are included in revenue and cost of revenue.

The use of contract accounting requires significant judgment relative to estimating total contract revenues and costs, including assumptions relative to the length of time to complete the contract, the nature and complexity of the work to be performed, anticipated increases in wages and prices for subcontractor services and materials, and the availability of subcontractor services and materials. Our estimates are based upon the professional knowledge and experience of our engineers, program managers and other personnel, who review each long-term contract monthly to assess the contract’s schedule, performance, technical matters and estimated cost at completion. Changes in estimates are applied retrospectively and when adjustments in estimated contract costs are identified, such revisions may result in current period adjustments to earnings applicable to performance in prior periods.

We do not provide our customers with rights of product return, other than those related to warranty provisions that permit repair or replacement of defective goods. We accrue for anticipated warranty costs upon product shipment. Revenues from product royalties are recognized upon invoicing to the customer unless another reasonable and reliable method of recognition is more appropriate. Additionally, all revenues are reported net of government assessed taxes (e.g. sales taxes or value-added taxes).

 

52


Table of Contents

INVENTORY

Inventory is stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or market value, and consists of materials, labor and overhead. On a quarterly basis, we use consistent methodologies to evaluate inventory for net realizable value. We reduce the value of inventory for excess and obsolete inventory, consisting of on-hand and non-cancelable on-order inventory in excess of estimated usage. The excess and obsolete inventory evaluation is based upon assumptions about future demand, product mix and possible alternative uses.

GOODWILL AND ACQUIRED INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Acquired intangible assets result from our various business acquisitions (see Note D) and certain licensed technologies, and consist of identifiable intangible assets, including completed technology, licensing agreements, customer relationships and non-compete agreements. Acquired intangible assets are reported at cost, net of accumulated amortization and are either amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives of up to seven years or over the period the economic benefits of the intangible asset are consumed or otherwise used up.

Goodwill is the amount by which the cost of the acquired net assets in a business acquisition exceeded the fair values of the net identifiable assets on the date of purchase. Goodwill is not amortized in accordance with the requirements of FASB ASC 350, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (“FASB ASC 350”). Goodwill is assessed for impairment at least annually, on a reporting unit basis, or more frequently when events and circumstances occur indicating that the recorded goodwill may be impaired. If the book value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the implied fair value of goodwill is compared with the carrying amount of goodwill. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value, an impairment loss is recorded in an amount equal to that excess.

LONG-LIVED ASSETS

Long-lived assets primarily include property and equipment and acquired intangible assets. We periodically evaluate our long-lived assets for events and circumstances that indicate a potential impairment in accordance with FASB ASC 360, Property, Plant, and Equipment (“FASB ASC 360”). We review long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable or that the useful lives of these assets are no longer appropriate. Each impairment test is based on a comparison of the estimated undiscounted cash flows of the asset as compared to the recorded value of the asset. If impairment is indicated, the asset is written down to its estimated fair value based on a discounted cash flow analysis.

PRODUCT WARRANTY

Our product sales generally include a standard 12 month hardware warranty. At time of product shipment, we accrue for the estimated cost to repair or replace potentially defective products. Estimated warranty costs are based upon prior actual warranty costs for substantially similar transactions.

INCOME TAXES

We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in our consolidated financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. We record a valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets if, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

 

53


Table of Contents

FASB ASC 740, Income Taxes, requires a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. First, the tax position must be evaluated to determine the likelihood that it will be sustained upon external examination. If the tax position is deemed more-likely-than-not to be sustained, the tax position is then assessed to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the financial statements. The amount of the benefit that may be recognized is the largest amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement.

We recognize interest and penalties accrued on any unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense.

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

Stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the value of the award and is recognized as expense over the service period. Our determination of fair value of stock-based payment awards is affected by our stock price as well as assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These variables include, but are not limited to our expected stock price volatility over the term of the awards, the expected forfeiture rate of the awards and the actual and projected employee stock option exercise behaviors. Any changes in these assumptions may materially affect the estimated fair value of the stock-based award. We have elected under FASB ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation, to recognize the fair value of awards with pro-rata vesting on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-28, When to Perform Step 2 of the Goodwill Impairment Test for Reporting Units with Zero or Negative Carrying Amounts, a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force (Issue No. 10-A). The guidance modifies Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test for reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts. For those reporting units, an entity is required to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test if it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. This guidance is effective for us on July 1, 2011 and it is not expected to have a material impact to our consolidated financial statements.

In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-29, Business Combinations (Topic 805), Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations, a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force (Issue No. 10-G). This guidance specifies that if a public entity presents comparative financial statements, the entity (acquirer) should disclose revenue and earnings of the combined entity as though the business combination(s) that occurred during the current year had occurred as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period only. It also expands the supplemental pro forma disclosures under Topic 805 to include a description of the nature and amount of material, nonrecurring pro forma adjustments directly attributable to the business combination included in the reported pro forma revenue and earnings. This guidance is effective prospectively for material business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after July 1, 2011.

 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

INTEREST RATE RISK

Our exposure to interest rate risk is related primarily to our investment portfolio and our line of credit. Our investment portfolio includes money market funds from high quality U.S. government issuers. A change in prevailing interest rates may cause the fair value of our investments to fluctuate. For example, if we hold a security that was issued with a fixed interest rate at the then-prevailing rate and the prevailing rate rises, the fair value of the principal amount of our investment will probably decline. To minimize this risk, investments are generally available for sale and we generally limit the amount of credit exposure to any one issuer. Our line of credit was unused at June 30, 2011.

 

54


Table of Contents

FOREIGN CURRENCY RISK

We operate primarily in the United States; however, we conduct business outside the United States through our foreign subsidiaries in Europe and Japan, where business is largely transacted in non-U.S. dollar currencies. Accordingly, we are subject to exposure from adverse movements in the exchange rates of these currencies. Local currencies are used as the functional currency for our subsidiaries in Europe and Japan. Consequently, changes in the exchange rates of the currencies may impact the translation of the foreign subsidiaries’ statements of operations into U.S. dollars, which may in turn affect our consolidated statement of operations.

We have not entered into any financial derivative instruments that expose us to material market risk, including any instruments designed to hedge the impact of foreign currency exposures. We may, however, hedge such exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations in the future.

 

55


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Mercury Computer Systems, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Mercury Computer Systems, Inc. and subsidiaries as of June 30, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended June 30, 2011. In connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we have also audited financial statement Schedule II. We also have audited Mercury Computer Systems, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Mercury Computer Systems, Inc.’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Mercury Computer Systems, Inc. and subsidiaries as of June 30, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended June 30, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein. Also in our opinion, Mercury Computer

 

56


Table of Contents

Systems, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

Mercury Computer Systems, Inc. and subsidiaries acquired LNX Corporation during fiscal year 2011, and management excluded from its assessment of the effectiveness of Mercury Computer Systems, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2011 LNX Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting associated with total assets of 12 percent and total revenues of 2 percent included in the consolidated financial statements of Mercury Computer Systems, Inc. and subsidiaries as of and for the year ended June 30, 2011. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of Mercury Computer Systems, Inc. and subsidiaries also excluded an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of LNX Corporation.

As discussed in Note B to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for revenue arrangements with multiple-deliverables entered into or substantially modified after July 1, 2009 to adopt FASB ASU No. 2009-13, Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

August 18, 2011

 

57


Table of Contents
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

MERCURY COMPUTER SYSTEMS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     June 30,  
   2011      2010  

Assets

     

Current assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 162,875       $ 56,241   

Receivables related to marketable securities

     —           18,025   

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $17 and $163 at June 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively

     44,786         36,726   

Unbilled receivables

     1,059         6,938   

Inventory

     18,540         17,622   

Deferred income taxes

     7,678         5,393   

Prepaid income taxes

     1,075         2,546   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     4,171         2,363   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     240,184         145,854   

Restricted cash

     3,000         3,000   

Property and equipment, net

     14,520         10,298   

Goodwill

     79,558         57,653   

Acquired intangible assets, net

     16,702         1,141   

Deferred income taxes

     —           5,419   

Other non-current assets

     1,598         973   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 355,562       $ 224,338   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

     

Current liabilities:

     

Accounts payable

   $ 7,972       $ 10,533   

Accrued expenses

     5,607         5,078   

Accrued compensation

     16,288         10,723   

Income taxes payable

     201         220   

Deferred revenues and customer advances

     6,138         8,051   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     36,206         34,605   

Deferred gain on sale-leaseback

     5,556         6,713   

Deferred income taxes

     3,877         —     

Income taxes payable

     1,777         1,836   

Other non-current liabilities

     6,710         2,072   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     54,126         45,226   

Commitments and contingencies (Note M)

     

Shareholders’ equity:

     

Preferred stock, $.01 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued or outstanding

     —           —     

Common stock, $.01 par value; 85,000,000 shares authorized; 29,143,738 and 22,883,314 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2011 and 2010 respectively

     291         229   

Additional paid-in capital

     213,777         110,270   

Retained earnings

     86,113         67,671   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     1,255         942   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     301,436         179,112   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 355,562       $ 224,338   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

58


Table of Contents

MERCURY COMPUTER SYSTEMS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

     For the Years Ended June 30,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Net revenues

   $ 228,710      $ 199,830      $ 188,939   

Cost of revenues

     98,811        87,298        83,509   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

     129,899        112,532        105,430   

Operating expenses:

      

Selling, general and administrative

     57,868        51,519        51,185   

Research and development

     44,500        41,548        42,372   

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

     1,984        1,710        2,414   

Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets

     150        211        —     

Restructuring .

     —          231        1,712   

Acquisition costs and other related expenses

     412        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     104,914        95,219        97,683   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     24,985        17,313        7,747   

Interest income

     34        532        2,059   

Interest expense

     (79     (381     (2,551

Other income, net

     1,627        1,228        763   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes (benefit)

     26,567        18,692        8,018   

Income taxes (benefit)

     8,060        (9,377     109   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

     18,507        28,069        7,909   

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

     (52     215        (20,328

(Loss) gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of income taxes

     (13     74        11,157   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 18,442      $ 28,358      $ (1,262
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic net earnings (loss) per share:

      

Income from continuing operations

   $ 0.73      $ 1.25      $ 0.36   

(Loss) income from discontinued operations

     —          0.01        (0.92

Gain on sale of discontinued operations

     —          —          0.50   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 0.73      $ 1.26      $ (0.06
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted net earnings (loss) per share:

      

Income from continuing operations

   $ 0.71      $ 1.22      $ 0.35   

(Loss) income from discontinued operations

     (0.01     0.01        (0.91

Gain on sale of discontinued operations

     —          —          0.50   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 0.70      $ 1.23      $ (0.06
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding:

      

Basic

     25,322        22,559        22,150   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     26,209        23,008        22,416   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income:

      

Net income (loss)

   $ 18,442      $ 28,358      $ (1,262

Foreign currency translation adjustments for sale of businesses

     —          —          (5,454

Other foreign currency translation adjustments

     311        368        (2,467

Net unrealized gain (loss) on investments

     2        (83     3,129   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 18,755      $ 28,643      $ (6,054
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

59


Table of Contents

MERCURY COMPUTER SYSTEMS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

For the Years Ended June 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(In thousands)

 

   

 

 

Common Stock

    Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Accumu-
lated Other
Compre-
hensive
Income (loss)
    Total
Shareholders’
Equity
 
  Shares     Amount          

Balance June 30, 2008

    21,972      $ 220      $ 100,268      $ 40,575      $ 5,449      $ 146,512   

Issuance of common stock under employee stock incentive plans

    397        4        160            164   

Issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plan

    96        1        530            531   

Repurchase of common stock

    (89     (1     (683         (684

Stock-based compensation

        4,568            4,568   

Net loss

          (1,262       (1,262

Net unrealized gain on securities

            3,129        3,129   

Foreign currency translation adjustments for sales of businesses

            (5,454     (5,454

Other foreign currency translation adjustments

            (2,467     (2,467
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance June 30, 2009

    22,376      $ 224      $ 104,843      $ 39,313      $ 657      $ 145,037   

Issuance of common stock under employee stock incentive plans

    455        5        997            1,002   

Issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plan

    94        1        846            847   

Repurchase of common stock

    (42     (1     (432         (433

Stock-based compensation

        4,016            4,016   

Net income

          28,358          28,358   

Net unrealized loss on securities

            (83     (83

Foreign currency translation adjustments

            368        368   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance June 30, 2010

    22,883      $ 229      $ 110,270      $ 67,671      $ 942      $ 179,112   

Issuance of common stock under employee stock incentive plans

    594        6        2,590            2,596   

Issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plan

    89        1        1,093            1,094   

Follow-on public stock offering

    5,578        55        93,550            93,605   

Stock-based compensation

        5,580            5,580   

Tax benefit from employee stock plan awards

        694            694   

Net income

          18,442          18,442   

Net unrealized gain on investments

            2        2   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

            311        311   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance June 30, 2011

    29,144      $ 291      $ 213,777      $ 86,113      $ 1,255      $ 301,436   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

60


Table of Contents

MERCURY COMPUTER SYSTEMS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

     For The Years Ended June 30,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net income (loss)

   $ 18,442      $ 28,358      $ (1,262

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization expense

     8,348        6,857        9,364   

Stock-based compensation expense

     5,580        4,016        4,568   

Provision (benefit) for deferred income taxes

     1,888        (9,698     (1,373

Non-cash interest expense

     72        32        750   

Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets

     150        211        14,555   

Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

     (893     (1,494     (976

Loss (gain) on sale of discontinued operations

     13        (74     (11,157

Other non-cash income

     (983     (1,266     (1,157

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of businesses acquired and disposed of:

      

Accounts receivable

     257        (15,256     1,237   

Inventory

     2,514        (859     7,478   

Prepaid income taxes

     1,567        (2,162     —     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (2,120     505        4,977   

Other assets

     (677     (113     349   

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     931        5,708        (12,668

Deferred revenues and customer advances

     (3,696     234        (3,048

Income taxes payable

     21        (262     1,319   

Other non-current liabilities

     60        971        (1,757
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     31,474        15,708        11,199   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired

     (29,508     —          —     

Sales and maturities of marketable securities

     18,025        32,025        199,099   

Purchases of marketable securities

     —          —          (138,583

Purchases of property and equipment

     (8,825     (7,334     (4,126

Payments for acquired intangible assets

     (2,375     (250     (234

(Payments) proceeds from sale of discontinued operations, net

     —          (826     9,959   

Proceeds from redemption of insurance policies

     —          —          831   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

     (22,683     23,615        66,946   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Proceeds from follow-on public stock offering, net

     93,605        —          —     

Proceeds from employee stock plans

     3,690        1,849        695   

Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

     893        1,494        976   

(Payments) borrowings under line of credit, net

     —          (33,364     33,364   

Payments of deferred financing costs

     (31     (170     —     

Payments of deferred offering costs

     (59     —          —     

Repurchases of common stock

     —          (433     (684

Payments of principal under notes payable

     —          —          (125,000

(Payments) proceeds of capital lease obligations

     (298     30        (248
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     97,800        (30,594     (90,897
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     43        562        657   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     106,634        9,291        (12,095

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     56,241        46,950        59,045   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 162,875      $ 56,241      $ 46,950   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid (received) during the period for:

      

Interest

   $ 45      $ 150      $ 1,877   

Income taxes

   $ 4,397      $ 2,587      $ (3,523

Supplemental disclosures—non-cash activities:

      

Issuance of restricted stock awards to employees

   $ 9,204      $ 6,219      $ 2,301   

Acquisition of intangible assets

   $ 495      $ —        $ —     

Capital lease

   $ 251      $ 168     $ —     

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

61


Table of Contents

MERCURY COMPUTER SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)

A. Description of Business

Mercury Computer Systems, Inc. (the “Company” or “Mercury”) designs, manufactures and markets commercially-developed, high-performance embedded, real-time digital signal and image processing sub-systems and software for specialized defense and commercial computing markets. The Company’s solutions play a critical role in a wide range of applications, transforming sensor data to information for analysis and interpretation. In military reconnaissance and surveillance platforms, the Company’s sub-systems process real-time radar, video, sonar and signals intelligence data. The Company provides microwave products for enhanced communications capabilities in military and commercial applications. Additionally, the Company entered the prime defense contracting market space in fiscal 2008 through the creation of its wholly-owned subsidiary, Mercury Federal Systems, Inc. (“MFS”), to focus on reaching the federal intelligence and homeland security agencies.

The Company’s products and solutions address mission-critical requirements within the defense industry for C4ISR (command, control, communications, computers, intelligence, surveillance and reconnaissance) and electronic warfare, or EW, systems and services, and target several markets including maritime defense, airborne reconnaissance, ballistic missile defense, ground mobile and force protection systems and tactical communications and network systems. The Company’s products or solutions have been deployed in approximately 300 different programs with over 25 different prime defense contractors.

B. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated. The consolidated financial statements, excluding the fiscal 2009 statement of cash flows, were restated to reflect the discontinuation and sale of the Biotech business (“Biotech”), the Visage Imaging (“VI”) business and the Visualization Sciences Group (“VSG”) business.

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

The Company utilizes the acquisition method of accounting under Financial Accounting Standard Boards (“FASB”) Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) 805, Business Combinations, (“FASB ASC 805”), for all transactions and events which it obtains control over one or more other businesses, to recognize the fair value of all assets and liabilities acquired, even if less than one hundred percent ownership is acquired, and in establishing the acquisition date fair value as measurement date for all assets and liabilities assumed. The Company also utilizes FASB ASC 805 for the initial recognition and measurement, subsequent measurement and accounting, and disclosure of assets and liabilities arising from contingencies in business combinations. The results of operations of the acquired LNX Corporation (“LNX”) have been aggregated with the Advanced Computing Solutions (“ACS”) segment and are included in the Company’s consolidated results since the January 12, 2011 acquisition date.

USE OF ESTIMATES

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

62


Table of Contents

REVENUE RECOGNITION

Revenue from system sales is recognized upon shipment provided that title and risk of loss have passed to the customer, there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, the sales price is fixed or determinable, collection of the related receivable is reasonably assured, and customer acceptance criteria, if any, have been successfully demonstrated.

Certain contracts with customers require the Company to perform tests of its products prior to shipment to ensure their performance complies with the Company’s published product specifications and, on occasion, with additional customer-requested specifications. In these cases, the Company conducts such tests and, if they are completed successfully, includes a written confirmation with each order shipped. As a result, at the time of each product shipment, the Company believes that no further customer testing requirements exist and that there is no uncertainty of acceptance by its customer.

The Company enters into multiple-deliverable arrangements that may include a combination of hardware components, related integration or other services. These arrangements generally do not include any performance-, cancellation-, termination- or refund-type provisions. Total revenue recognized under multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements in fiscal 2011 was 50% of total revenues. Approximately 30% to 50% of the Company’s multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements ship complete within the same quarter.

Effective July 1, 2009, the Company adopted the FASB Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2009-13 (“FASB ASU 2009-13”), Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements, which amends FASB ASC Topic 605-25, Revenue Recognition Multiple-Element Arrangements (“FASB ASC 605-25”). FASB ASU 2009-13 eliminates the residual method of allocation for multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements and requires that arrangement consideration be allocated at the inception of an arrangement to all deliverables using the relative selling price method. FASB ASU 2009-13 also establishes a selling price hierarchy for determining the selling price of a deliverable, which includes: (1) vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) if available; (2) third-party evidence (“TPE”) if VSOE is not available; and (3) best estimated selling price (“BESP”), if neither VSOE or TPE is available. Additionally, FASB ASU 2009-13 expands the disclosure requirements related to a vendor’s multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements. This guidance is effective for the Company on July 1, 2010; however, the Company elected to early adopt, as permitted by the guidance. As such, the Company has prospectively applied the provisions of FASB ASU 2009-13 to all revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified after July 1, 2009.

Per the provisions of FASB ASU 2009-13, the Company allocates arrangement consideration to each deliverable in an arrangement based on its relative selling price. The Company determines selling price using VSOE, if it exists, otherwise TPE. If neither VSOE nor TPE of selling price exists for a unit of accounting, the Company uses BESP. The Company generally expects that it will not be able to establish TPE due to the nature of the markets in which the Company competes, and, as such, the Company typically will determine selling price using VSOE or BESP.

VSOE is generally limited to the price charged when the same or similar product is sold separately or, if applicable, the stated substantive renewal rate in the agreement. If a product or service is seldom sold separately, it is unlikely that the Company can determine VSOE for the product or service. The Company defines VSOE as a median price of recent standalone transactions that are priced within a narrow range, as defined by the Company.

TPE is determined based on the prices charged by competitors of the Company for a similar deliverable when sold separately. As noted above, the Company does not use TPE as the Company is usually unable to obtain sufficient information on competitor pricing to substantiate TPE.

If the Company is unable to establish selling price using VSOE or TPE, and the order was received or materially modified after the Company’s FASB ASU 2009-13 implementation date of July 1, 2009, the Company will use BESP in its allocation of arrangement consideration. The objective of BESP is to determine the price at which the Company would transact if the product or service were sold by the Company on a standalone basis.

 

63


Table of Contents

The Company’s determination of BESP involves the consideration of several factors based on the specific facts and circumstances of each arrangement. Specifically, the Company considers the cost to produce the deliverable, the anticipated margin on that deliverable, the selling price and profit margin for similar parts, the Company’s ongoing pricing strategy and policies (as evident from the price list established and updated by management on a regular basis), the value of any enhancements that have been built into the deliverable and the characteristics of the varying markets in which the deliverable is sold.

Since the adoption of FASB ASU 2009-13 on July 1, 2009, the Company has primarily used its ongoing pricing strategy and policies to determine BESP. The Company has corroborated the BESP determined by ongoing pricing strategy and policies with the cost to produce the deliverable, the anticipated margin on the deliverable, the selling price and profit margin for similar parts and the characteristics of the varying markets in which the deliverables are sold. The Company will determine BESP for deliverables in future agreements based on the specific facts and circumstances of each arrangement.

The Company plans to analyze the selling prices used in its allocation of arrangement consideration at a minimum on an annual basis. Selling prices will be analyzed on a more frequent basis if a significant change in the Company’s business necessitates a more timely analysis or if the Company experiences significant variances in its selling prices.

Each deliverable within the Company’s multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements is accounted for as a separate unit of accounting under the guidance of FASB ASU 2009-13 if both of the following criteria are met: the delivered item or items have value to the customer on a standalone basis; and for an arrangement that includes a general right of return relative to the delivered item(s), delivery or performance of the undelivered item(s) is considered probable and substantially in the control of the Company. The Company considers a deliverable to have standalone value if the item is sold separately by the Company or another vendor or if the item could be resold by the customer. Further, the Company’s revenue arrangements generally do not include a general right of return relative to delivered products.

Deliverables not meeting the criteria for being a separate unit of accounting are combined with a deliverable that does meet that criterion. The appropriate allocation of arrangement consideration and recognition of revenue is then determined for the combined unit of accounting.

For transactions involving the licensing of standalone software products and of software that is not incidental to the product, the Company recognizes revenue when there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, delivery of the software has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable, and collection of the related receivable is reasonably assured. The Company’s software products are generally not deemed essential to the functionality of any hardware system and do not require installation by the Company or significant modification or customization of the software. If fair value of maintenance agreements related to standalone software products is obtained, the fair value of the maintenance agreement is recognized as revenue ratably over the term of each maintenance agreement.

In electing to early adopt FASB ASU 2009-13, the Company also early adopted FASB ASU No. 2009-14, Certain Revenue Arrangements That Include Software Elements (“FASB ASU 2009-14”). FASB ASU 2009-14 amends the FASB ASC 985-605, Software Revenue Recognition, to change the accounting model for revenue arrangements that include both tangible products and software elements, such that tangible products containing both software and non-software components that function together to deliver the tangible product’s essential functionality are no longer within the scope of software revenue guidance. These arrangements are instead subject to the guidance in FASB ASC 605-25. The Company monitors all multiple-element arrangements to determine if they are in scope of FASB ASU 2009-14, and when applicable will apply all relevant criteria per guidance. The adoption of FASB ASU 2009-14 has not had a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

 

64


Table of Contents

For multiple-element arrangements entered into prior to July 1, 2009, in accordance with FASB ASC 605-25, the Company defers the greater of the fair value of any undelivered elements of the contract or the portion of the sales price that is not payable until the undelivered elements are delivered. For a delivered item to be considered a separate unit, the delivered item must have value to the customer on a standalone basis, there must be objective and reliable evidence of fair value of the undelivered items in the arrangement and the delivery or performance of the undelivered item must be considered probable and substantially within the Company’s control. Fair value is generally limited to the price charged when the same or similar element is sold separately or, if applicable, the stated substantive renewal rate in the agreement. For multiple-element arrangements for which the Company does not have fair value for the undelivered elements, it either defers all revenue until the order ships complete, or in the event a maintenance arrangement is the only undelivered element, it generally amortizes the fair value of maintenance agreement over the maintenance period.

The Company also engages in long-term contracts for development, production and services activities which it accounts for consistent with FASB ASC 605-35, Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts, and other relevant revenue recognition accounting literature. The Company considers the nature of these contracts and the types of products and services provided when determining the proper accounting for a particular contract. Generally for fixed-price contracts, other than service-type contracts, revenue is recognized primarily under the percentage of completion method or, for certain short-term contracts, by the completed contract method. Revenue from service-type fixed-price contracts is recognized ratably over the contract period or by other appropriate input or output methods to measure service provided, and contract costs are expensed as incurred. The Company establishes billing terms at the time project deliverables and milestones are agreed. Normal payment terms are thirty days from invoice date. Revenues recognized in excess of the amounts invoiced to clients are classified as unbilled receivables. The risk to the Company on a fixed-price contract is that if estimates to complete the contract change from one period to the next, profit levels will vary from period to period. For time and materials contracts, revenue reflects the number of direct labor hours expended in the performance of a contract multiplied by the contract billing rate, as well as reimbursement of other billable direct costs. The risk inherent in time and materials contracts is that actual costs may differ materially from negotiated billing rates in the contract, which would directly affect operating income. For all types of contracts, the Company recognizes anticipated contract losses as soon as they become known and estimable. Out-of-pocket expenses that are reimbursable by the customer are included in revenue and cost of revenue.

The use of contract accounting requires significant judgment relative to estimating total contract revenues and costs, including assumptions relative to the length of time to complete the contract, the nature and complexity of the work to be performed, anticipated increases in wages and prices for subcontractor services and materials, and the availability of subcontractor services and materials. The Company’s estimates are based upon the professional knowledge and experience of its engineers, program managers and other personnel, who review each long-term contract monthly to assess the contract’s schedule, performance, technical matters and estimated cost at completion. Changes in estimates are applied retrospectively and when adjustments in estimated contract costs are identified, such revisions may result in current period adjustments to earnings applicable to performance in prior periods.

The Company does not provide its customers with rights of product return, other than those related to warranty provisions that permit repair or replacement of defective goods. The Company accrues for anticipated warranty costs upon product shipment. Revenues from product royalties are recognized upon invoice by the Company unless another reasonable and reliable method of recognition is more appropriate. Additionally, all revenues are reported net of government assessed taxes (e.g. sales taxes or value-added taxes).

DEFERRED REVENUES AND CUSTOMER ADVANCES

Deferred revenues consist of deferred product revenue, billings in excess of revenues, and deferred service revenue. Deferred product revenue represents amounts that have been invoiced to customers, but are not yet recognizable as revenue because one or more of the conditions for revenue recognition have not been met.

 

65


Table of Contents

Billings in excess of revenues represents milestone billing arrangements on percentage of completion projects where the billings of the contract exceed recognized revenues. Deferred service revenue primarily represents amounts invoiced to customers for annual maintenance contracts or extended warranty concessions, which are recognized ratably over the term of the arrangements. Customer advances represent deposits received from customers on an order.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash equivalents, consisting of highly liquid money market funds and U.S. government and U.S. government agency issues with remaining maturities of 90 days or less at the date of purchase, are carried at fair market value which approximates cost. The Company also has restricted cash which is classified as a non-current asset due to the length of the restriction.

RECEIVALBES RELATED TO MARKETABLE SECURITIES

The Company classifies investments in marketable securities, as available-for-sale at the time of purchase and periodically re-evaluates such classification. Securities classified as available-for-sale are reported at fair market value. Unrealized gains or losses on available-for-sale securities are included, net of tax, in accumulated other comprehensive income until disposition of the security. There were no securities classified as held-to-maturity as of June 30, 2011 and 2010.

On June 30, 2010, the Company exercised the put option to sell its remaining $18,025 auction rated securities (“ARS”) balance to UBS at par value. The transaction settled on July 1, 2010.

The fair value of cash equivalents and receivable related to marketable securities represents the quoted market prices at the balance sheet dates. Debt securities with maturities at date of purchase of greater than 90 days but less than one year to maturity at a particular balance sheet date are classified as short-term marketable securities. Debt securities that have remaining maturities of greater than one year at a particular balance sheet date are classified as long-term marketable securities. There were no debt securities as of June 30, 2011 and 2010.

CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

Financial instruments that potentially expose the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash, cash equivalents, marketable securities and accounts receivable. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents with financial institutions that management believes are of high credit quality. At June 30, 2011 and 2010, the Company had approximately $162,869 and $56,199, respectively, of cash and cash equivalents on deposit or invested with its financial and lending institutions. Additionally, the Company had an $18,025 receivable balance related to marketable securities from UBS as of June 30, 2010.

The Company provides credit to customers in the normal course of business. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and limits the amount of credit extended when deemed necessary but generally does not require collateral. At June 30, 2011, five customers accounted for 74% of the Company’s receivables. At June 30, 2010, nine customers accounted for 80% of the Company’s receivables.

INVENTORY

Inventory is stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or market value, and consists of materials, labor and overhead. On a quarterly basis, the Company uses consistent methodologies to evaluate inventory for net realizable value. Once an item is written down, the value becomes the new inventory cost basis. The Company reduces the value of inventory for excess and obsolete inventory, consisting of on-hand and non-cancelable on-order inventory in excess of estimated usage. The excess and obsolete inventory evaluation is based upon assumptions about future demand, product mix and possible alternative uses.

 

66


Table of Contents

GOODWILL AND ACQUIRED INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill is the amount by which the cost of the acquired net assets in a business acquisition exceeded the fair values of the net identifiable assets on the date of purchase. Goodwill is not amortized in accordance with the requirements of FASB ASC 350, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (“FASB ASC 350”). Goodwill is assessed for impairment at least annually, on a reporting unit basis, or more frequently when events and circumstances occur indicating that the recorded goodwill may be impaired. If the book value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the implied fair value of goodwill is compared with the carrying amount of goodwill. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value, an impairment loss is recorded in an amount equal to that excess.

Acquired intangible assets result from the Company’s various business acquisitions (see Note D) and certain licensed technologies, and consist of identifiable intangible assets, including completed technology, licensing agreements, customer relationships, backlog, and non-compete agreements. Acquired intangible assets are reported at cost, net of accumulated amortization and are either amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives of up to seven years or over the period the economic benefits of the intangible asset are consumed or otherwise used up.

LONG-LIVED ASSETS

Long-lived assets primarily include property and equipment and acquired intangible assets. The Company periodically evaluates its long-lived assets for events and circumstances that indicate a potential impairment in accordance with FASB ASC 360, Property, Plant, and Equipment (“FASB ASC 360”). The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable or that the useful lives of these assets are no longer appropriate. Each impairment test is based on a comparison of the estimated undiscounted cash flows of the asset as compared to the recorded value of the asset. If impairment is indicated, the asset is written down to its estimated fair value.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment are the long-lived, physical assets of the Company acquired for use in the Company’s normal business operations and are not intended for resale by the Company. These assets are recorded at cost. Renewals and betterments that increase the useful lives of the assets are capitalized. Repair and maintenance expenditures that increase the efficiency of the assets are expensed as incurred. Equipment under capital lease is recorded at the present value of the minimum lease payments required during the lease period.

As assets are retired or sold, the related cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is included in the results of operations.

Expenditures for major software purchases and software developed for internal use are capitalized and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, which are generally three to five years. For software developed for internal use, all external direct costs for material and services and certain payroll and related fringe benefit costs are capitalized in accordance with FASB ASC 350. During fiscal 2011, the Company capitalized $1,000 of software development costs. Software development costs qualifying for capitalization were not material for the years ended June 30, 2010 and 2009.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT COSTS

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development costs are primarily made up of labor charges and prototype material and development expenses.

 

67


Table of Contents

ADVERTISING COSTS

The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. During fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, advertising expenses totaled $259, $255 and $148, respectively, and were included in selling, general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

PRODUCT WARRANTY ACCRUAL

The Company’s product sales generally include a 12 month standard hardware warranty. At time of product shipment, the Company accrues for the estimated cost to repair or replace potentially defective products. Estimated warranty costs are based upon prior actual warranty costs for substantially similar transactions.

INCOME TAXES

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The Company records a valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets if, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

FASB ASC 740, Income Taxes, requires a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. First, the tax position must be evaluated to determine the likelihood that it will be sustained upon external examination. If the tax position is deemed more-likely-than-not to be sustained, the tax position is then assessed to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the financial statements. The amount of the benefit that may be recognized is the largest amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued on any unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense.

NET EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE

Basic net earnings (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net earnings (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the sum of the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding plus additional common shares that would have been outstanding if potential dilutive common shares had been issued for stock-based compensation.

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

Stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which generally represents the vesting period, and includes an estimate of the awards that will be forfeited. The Company uses the Black-Scholes valuation model for estimating the fair value on the date of grant of stock options. The fair value of stock option awards is affected by the Company’s stock price as well as valuation assumptions, including the volatility of the Company’s stock price, expected term of the option, risk-free interest rate and expected dividends. The fair value of restricted stock awards are based on the stock price on the date of grant.

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Comprehensive income consists of net income (loss) and other comprehensive income, which includes foreign currency translation adjustments and unrealized gains and losses on investments.

 

68


Table of Contents

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income were as follows:

 

     June 30,  
     2011      2010  

Accumulated foreign currency translation adjustments

   $ 1,253       $ 942   

Accumulated net unrealized gains on investments

     2         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accumulated other comprehensive income

   $ 1,255       $ 942   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

FOREIGN CURRENCY

Local currencies are used as the functional currency for the Company’s subsidiaries in Europe and Japan. The accounts of foreign subsidiaries are translated using exchange rates in effect at period-end for assets and liabilities and at average exchange rates during the period for results of operations. The related translation adjustments are reported in accumulated other comprehensive income in shareholders’ equity. Gains (losses) resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in other income (expense) and were immaterial for all periods presented.

RECENTLY ADOPTED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

Effective March 31, 2010, FASB amended FASB ASC 350, to require an entity to disclose accumulated goodwill impairment losses in the rollforward of goodwill for years beginning after December 15, 2008. The FASB staff clarified that the intent of the amendment was to include accumulated goodwill impairment losses in the rollforward from the adoption date of FASB ASC 350. There are no accumulated goodwill impairment losses at June 30, 2011.

Effective July 1, 2010, the Company adopted FASB ASU 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income. This ASU increases the prominence of other comprehensive income in financial statements. Under this ASU, an entity will have the option to present the components of net income and comprehensive income in either one or two consecutive financial statements. The ASU eliminates the option in U.S. generally accepted accounting principles to present other comprehensive income in the statement of changes in equity. An entity should apply the ASU retrospectively and early adoption is permitted. This guidance is effective for the Company on January 1, 2012; however, the Company has elected to early adopt as permitted by the guidance. As such, effective June 2011, the Company has presented the components of net income and comprehensive income in one consecutive financial statement. Such adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-28, When to Perform Step 2 of the Goodwill Impairment Test for Reporting Units with Zero or Negative Carrying Amounts, a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force (Issue No. 10-A). The guidance modifies Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test for reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts. For those reporting units, an entity is required to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test if it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. This guidance is effective for the Company on July 1, 2011 and it is not expected to have a material impact to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-29, Business Combinations (Topic 805), Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations, a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force (Issue No. 10-G). This guidance specifies that if a public entity presents comparative financial statements, the entity (acquirer) should disclose revenue and earnings of the combined entity as though the business combination(s) that occurred during the current year had occurred as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period only. It also expands the supplemental pro forma disclosures under Topic 805 to

 

69


Table of Contents

include a description of the nature and amount of material, nonrecurring pro forma adjustments directly attributable to the business combination included in the reported pro forma revenue and earnings. This guidance is effective prospectively for material business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after July 1, 2011.

C. Acquisitions

On January 12, 2011, the Company entered into a stock purchase agreement (the “Stock Purchase Agreement”) with LNX, the holders of the equity interests of LNX, and Lamberto Raffaelli, as the sellers’ representative (collectively, the “Sellers”). Pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement, the Company completed its purchase of all of the outstanding equity interests in LNX, and LNX became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. Based in Salem, NH, LNX designs and builds next generation radio frequency receivers for signal intelligence, communication intelligence as well as electronic attack applications. LNX is included in the Advanced Computing Solutions (“ACS”) business unit.

The Company acquired LNX for a purchase price of $31,000 paid in cash, plus an earnout of up to $5,000 payable in cash, based upon achievement of financial targets during calendar years 2011 and 2012. The purchase price was subject to post-closing adjustment based on a determination of LNX’s closing net working capital. The Company funded the purchase price with cash on hand. The Company acquired LNX free of bank debt. Immediately prior to the consummation of the acquisition, LNX divested its non-defense global procurement business. The Company determined the fair value of the contingent consideration as part of the LNX acquisition based on the probability of LNX attaining the specified financial targets and assigned a fair value of $4,828 to the liability. As of June 30, 2011, the Company expects to achieve the financial targets and to pay the full earnout. In accordance with the Stock Purchase Agreement, $6,200 of the purchase price was placed into escrow to support the post-closing working capital adjustment and the sellers’ indemnification obligations, of which $1,523 was released to the Sellers and $27 was released to the Company in March 2011, upon the final calculation of net working capital. The $4,650 remaining in escrow is available for indemnification claims through January 2013.

Following the acquisition, the Company’s LNX subsidiary became a guarantor under the Company’s Loan Agreement and granted a security interest in its assets in favor of the Lender (see Note L).

The following table presents the net purchase price for the acquisition of LNX:

 

     Net Purchase
Price
 

Consideration transferred

  

Cash paid at closing

   $ 31,000   

Working capital adjustment

     (272

Less cash acquired

     (1,220
  

 

 

 

Total cash paid, net of cash acquired

     29,508   

Fair value of contingent consideration

     4,828   
  

 

 

 

Net purchase price

   $ 34,336   
  

 

 

 

 

70


Table of Contents

The following table presents the preliminary allocation of the net purchase price for LNX:

 

     Net Purchase
Price
Allocation
 

Cash

   $ 1,220   

Accounts receivable

     2,131   

Inventory

     3,402   

Property and equipment

     1,655   

Intangible assets

     14,800   

Other assets

     1,176   

Goodwill

     21,905   

Accrued expenses

     (3,995

Other current liabilities

     (500

Deferred taxes & other non-current liabilities

     (6,238
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

     35,556   

Less cash acquired

     (1,220
  

 

 

 

Net purchase price

   $ 34,336   
  

 

 

 

The amounts above represent the fair value estimates as of June 30, 2011 and are subject to subsequent adjustment as the Company obtains additional information during the measurement period and finalizes its fair value estimates. Any subsequent adjustments to these fair value estimates occurring during the measurement period will result in an adjustment to goodwill or income, as applicable. There were no material adjustments to the initial fair value estimates.

The goodwill of $21,905 arising from the LNX acquisition consists largely of the synergies and expansion of the Company’s service offerings related to next generation radio frequency receivers for signal intelligence, communication intelligence as well as electronic attack applications expected from combining the operations of the Company and LNX.

The Company incurred $412 in acquisition costs and other related expenses during fiscal 2011, which were expensed as incurred.

For fiscal 2011, LNX revenues and net income included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations was immaterial. Pro forma results of operations have not been presented due to the immaterial nature of these amounts.

D. Goodwill and Acquired Intangible Assets

The following table sets forth the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended June 30, 2011:

 

     Amounts  

Balance at June 30, 2009 and 2010

   $ 57,653   

Goodwill arising from the LNX acquisition

     21,905   
  

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2011

   $ 79,558   
  

 

 

 

In fiscal 2011, there were no triggering events, as defined by FASB ASC 350, which required an interim goodwill impairment test. The Company performs its annual goodwill impairment test in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year.

 

71


Table of Contents

The Company determines its reporting units in accordance with FASB ASC 350, by assessing whether discrete financial information is available and if management regularly reviews the operating results of that component. Following this assessment, the Company has determined that its reporting units are the same as its operating segments, which, following the divestiture of the VI and VSG operating segments, includes the ACS and the MFS operating segments. As of June 30, 2011 and 2010, the ACS operating segment was the only reporting unit that had a goodwill balance, and as such, the annual impairment analysis was performed for this reporting unit only.

The Company tests goodwill for impairment by evaluating the fair value of the reporting unit as compared to the book value. If the book value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the implied fair value of goodwill is compared with the carrying amount of goodwill. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value, an impairment loss is recorded in an amount equal to that excess. For fiscal 2011, this evaluation was performed in the Company’s fourth quarter. The evaluation was performed consistent with prior years and relied on a discounted cash flow analysis, which was corroborated by two market-based analyses: one evaluated guideline companies and another that reviewed comparable transactions. For each analysis performed, the fair value of the reporting unit was deemed to be in excess of the book value. As such, no impairment charge was recorded.

In fiscal 2010 and 2009, goodwill was determined to be appropriately valued and no impairment charge was recorded.

Acquired intangible assets consisted of the following:

 

     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Carrying
Amount
     Weighted
Average
Useful
Life
 

June 30, 2011

          

Customer relationships

   $ 18,300       $ (7,530   $ 10,770         6.7 years   

Licensing agreements, trademarks and patents

     4,045         (1,622     2,423         5.5 years   

Completed technologies

     2,900         (227     2,673         6.0 years   

Backlog

     800         (188     612         2.0 years   

Non-compete agreements

     500         (276     224         5.0 years   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    
   $ 26,545       $ (9,843   $ 16,702      
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

JUNE 30, 2010

          

Customer relationships

   $ 7,200       $ (6,891   $ 309         5.2 years   

Licensing agreements, trademarks and patents

     1,300         (786     514         8.0 years   

Non-compete agreements

     500         (182     318         5.0 years   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    
   $ 9,000       $ (7,859   $ 1,141      
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Estimated future amortization expense for acquired intangible assets remaining at June 30, 2011 is as follows:

 

     Year Ending
June 30,
 

2012

   $ 2,810   

2013

     2,842   

2014

     2,826   

2015

     2,690   

2016

     2,326   

Thereafter

     3,208   
  

 

 

 

Total future amortization expense

   $ 16,702   
  

 

 

 

 

72


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the acquired intangible assets arising as a result of the LNX acquisition.

 

     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Carrying
Amount
     Weighted
Average
Useful
Life
 

June 30, 2011

          

Customer relationships

   $ 11,100       $ (330   $ 10,770         7.7 years   

Completed technologies

     2,900         (227     2,673         6.0 years   

Backlog

     800         (188     612         2.0 years   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    
   $ 14,800       $ (745   $ 14,055      
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

In fiscal 2011, the Company purchased two IP licenses for $2,745. These licenses were recorded as intangible assets and are being amortized over one and five years.

E. Net Earnings (Loss) Per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net earnings (loss) per share:

 

     Years Ended June 30,  
     2011     2010      2009  

Income from continuing operations—basic

   $ 18,507      $ 28,069       $ 7,909   

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

     (52     215         (20,328

(Loss) gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of income taxes

     (13     74         11,157   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 18,442      $ 28,358       $ (1,262
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Shares used in computation of net earnings (loss) per share—basic

     25,322        22,559         22,150   

Effect of dilutive equity instruments

     887        449         266   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Shares used in computation of net earnings (loss) per share—diluted

     26,209        23,008         22,416   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net earnings (loss) per share—basic

       

Income from continuing operations

   $ 0.73      $ 1.25       $ 0.36   

(Loss) income from discontinued operations

     —          0.01         (0.92

Gain on sale of discontinued operations

     —          —           0.50   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 0.73      $ 1.26       $ (0.06
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net earnings (loss) per share—diluted

       

Income from continuing operations

   $ 0.71      $ 1.22       $ 0.35   

(Loss) income from discontinued operations

     (0.01     0.01         (0.91

Gain on sale of discontinued operations

     —          —           0.50   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 0.70      $ 1.23       $ (0.06
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average equity instruments to purchase 753, 1,705 and 3,768 shares of common stock were not included in the calculation of diluted net earnings (loss) per share for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, because the equity instruments were anti-dilutive. Additionally, up to 4,135 shares, which represent the securities that had been contingently issuable under the Company’s outstanding debt obligations, were not included in the dilutive net loss per share for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009 because the equity instruments were anti-dilutive.

On February 16, 2011, the Company completed a follow-on public stock offering of 5,578 shares of the Company’s common stock, at a price to the public of $17.75, generating net proceeds, after underwriting fees and expenses, of $93,605. As a result, an additional 2,129 weighted average shares outstanding were included in the calculation of basic and diluted net earnings per shares for fiscal 2011.

 

73


Table of Contents

F. Receivables Related to Marketable Securities

On June 30, 2010, the Company exercised the put option to sell its remaining $18,025 ARS balance to UBS at par value. The transaction settled on July 1, 2010. As a result of the transaction, the put option was exercised and the Company had a receivable balance of $18,025 from UBS as of June 30, 2010. The realized net gains on the ARS in fiscal 2010 were not material.

G. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company measures at fair value certain financial assets and liabilities, including cash equivalents, restricted cash, ARS and contingent consideration. FASB ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement and Disclosures, specifies a hierarchy of valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are observable or unobservable. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s market assumptions. These two types of inputs have created the following fair-value hierarchy:

Level 1—Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets;

Level 2—Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs and significant value drivers are observable in active markets; and

Level 3—Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable.

The following table summarizes the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at June 30, 2011:

 

     Fair Value Measurements  
     June 30,
2011
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Assets:

           

U.S. Treasury bills and money market funds

   $ 153,038       $ 153,038       $ —         $ —     

Restricted cash

     3,000         3,000         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 156,038       $ 156,038       $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Contingent consideration

   $ 4,854       $ —         $ —         $ 4,854   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and payable, and accrued liabilities approximate fair value due to the short-term maturities of these assets and liabilities.

The Company determines the fair value of the contingent consideration related to the LNX acquisition based on the probability of LNX attaining specific financial targets using an appropriate discount rate to present value the liability. The following table provides a rollforward of the fair value of the contingent consideration, whose fair values were determined by Level 3 inputs:

 

     Fair Value  

Balance at June 30, 2010

   $ —     

Contingent consideration from the LNX acquisition

     4,828   

Recognition of accretion expense in operating expenses

     26   
  

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2011

   $ 4,854   
  

 

 

 

 

74


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the fair value measurements as of June 30, 2010, for the Company’s financial instruments:

 

     Fair Value Measurements  
     June 30,
2010
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Assets:

           

Money market funds

   $ 52,659       $ 52,659       $ —         $ —     

Restricted cash

     3,000         3,000         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 55,659       $ 55,659       $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

H. Inventory

Inventory was comprised of the following:

 

     June 30,  
     2011      2010  

Raw materials

   $ 7,314       $ 6,287   

Work in process

     7,554         6,326   

Finished goods

     3,672         5,009   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 18,540       $ 17,622   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

There are no amounts in inventory relating to contracts having production cycles longer than one year.

I. Restricted Cash

The Company has deposited $3,000 with its bank as collateral for the landlord pursuant to the sale-lease back transaction entered in April 2007 for the Company’s headquarters in Chelmsford, Massachusetts (see Note J). The balance is classified as restricted cash on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at June 30, 2011 and 2010, and is reflected in non-current assets.

J. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consisted of the following:

 

     Estimated Useful  Lives
(Years)
   June 30,  
      2011     2010  

Computer equipment and software

   2-4    $ 47,675      $ 50,680   

Furniture and fixtures

   5      6,967        6,795   

Building and leasehold improvements

   lesser of estimated useful
life or lease term
     1,837        1,354   

Machinery and equipment

   5      5,213        2,732   

Vehicles

   5      119        —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        61,811        61,561   

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

        (47,291     (51,263
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
      $ 14,520      $ 10,298   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

In fiscal 2011 and 2010, the Company retired $10,143 and $20,310, respectively, of fully depreciated computer equipment and software assets that were no longer in use by the Company. The retirement was part of an on-going effort by the Company to review and identify all assets that are still in use by the Company, and to retire those that are not.

 

75


Table of Contents

Depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $6,364, $5,147 and $5,640, respectively.

On April 20, 2007, the Company entered into a sales agreement and a lease agreement in connection with a sale-leaseback of the Company’s headquarters in Chelmsford, Massachusetts. Pursuant to the agreements, the Company sold all land, land improvements, buildings and building improvements related to the facilities and leased back those assets, with the exception of the vacant parcel of land adjacent to the headquarters. The term of the lease is ten years and includes two five year options to renew. The Company’s net proceeds from the sale, after transaction and other related costs, were $26,365 resulting in a gain of $11,569. Under the provisions of sale-leaseback accounting, the transaction was considered a normal leaseback; thus the realized gain was deferred and will be amortized to other income on a straight-line basis over the initial lease term. The Company recorded the current portion of the deferred gain in accrued expenses and the non-current portion in long-term deferred gain in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

K. Product Warranty Accrual

All of the Company’s product sales generally include a 12 month standard hardware warranty. At the time of product shipment, the Company accrues the estimated cost to repair or replace potentially defective products. Estimated warranty costs are based upon prior actual warranty costs for substantially similar transactions. The following table presents the changes in the Company’s product warranty liability.

 

     Fiscal
2011
    Fiscal
2010
    Fiscal
2009
 

Beginning balance at July 1,

   $ 1,186      $ 1,750      $ 1,934   

Accruals for warranties issued during the period

     970        997        2,507   

Settlements made during the period

     (1,262     (1,561     (2,691
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance at June 30,

   $ 894      $ 1,186      $ 1,750   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

L. Debt

Debt consisted of the following of which the current portion is included in accrued expenses and the non-current portion is included other non-current liabilities:

 

     June 30,  
     2011     2010  

Capital lease obligations

   $ 206      $ 142   

Less: current portion

     (155     (53
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current capital lease obligations

   $ 51      $ 89   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following summarizes the future cash payment obligations (excluding interest) as of June 30, 2011:

 

     Year Ending
June 30,
 

2012

   $ 155   

2013

     51   
  

 

 

 
   $ 206   
  

 

 

 

Senior Secured Credit Facility

Original Loan Agreement

On February 12, 2010, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement (the “Loan Agreement”) with Silicon Valley Bank (the “Lender”). The Loan Agreement provided for a $15,000 revolving line of credit

 

76


Table of Contents

(the “Revolver”) and a $20,000 acquisition line (the “Term Loan”). The Revolver was available for borrowing during a two-year period, with interest payable monthly and the principal due at the February 11, 2012 maturity of the Revolver. The Term Loan was available for up to three separate borrowings, with total borrowings not to exceed $20,000, until February 11, 2012. The Term Loan had monthly interest and principal payments through the February 11, 2014 maturity of the Term Loan.

The interest rates include various rate options that are available to the Company. The rates are calculated using a combination of conventional base rate measures plus a margin over those rates. The base rates consist of LIBOR rates and prime rates. The actual rates will depend on the level of these underlying rates plus a margin based on the Company’s leverage at the time of borrowing.

Borrowings are secured by a first-priority security interest in all of the Company’s domestic assets, including intellectual property, but limited to 65% of the voting stock of foreign subsidiaries. The Company’s MFS subsidiary is a guarantor and has granted a security interest in its assets in favor of the Lender. Following the acquisition of LNX Corporation, LNX also became a guarantor. The Lender may require Mercury Computer Systems Limited, the Company’s United Kingdom subsidiary, or Nihon Mercury Computer Systems, K.K., the Company’s Japanese subsidiary, to provide guarantees in the future if the cash or assets of such subsidiary exceed specified levels.

The Loan Agreement provided for conventional affirmative and negative covenants, including a minimum quick ratio of 1.5 to 1.0. If the Company had less than $10,000 of cash equivalents in accounts with the Lender in excess of the Company’s borrowings, the Company must also satisfy a $15,000 minimum trailing-four-quarter cash-flow covenant. The minimum cash flow covenant is calculated as the Company’s trailing-four quarter adjusted EBITDA as defined in the Loan Agreement. In addition, the Loan Agreement contains certain customary representations and warranties and limits the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ ability to incur liens, dispose of assets, carry out certain mergers and acquisitions, make investments and capital expenditures and defines events of default and limitations on the Company and its subsidiaries to incur additional debt.

Amended Loan Agreement

On March 30, 2011, the Company entered into an amendment to the Loan Agreement (as amended, the “Amended Loan Agreement”) with the Lender. The amendment extended the term of the Revolver for an additional two years, to February 11, 2014, terminated the $20,000 Term Loan under the original Loan Agreement, increased the original $15,000 Revolver to $35,000. The amendment also included modifications to the financial covenants as summarized below.

The Amended Loan Agreement provides for conventional affirmative and negative covenants, including a minimum quick ratio of 1.0 to 1.0 and a $15,000 minimum trailing four quarter cash flow covenant through and including June 30, 2012 (with $17,500 of minimum cash flow required thereafter).

The Company has had no borrowings under the credit facility since inception and was in compliance with all covenants in the Amended Loan Agreement as of June 30, 2011.

Borrowings Under UBS Line of Credit

In October 2008, the Company received a rights offering from UBS (the “offering”) in which the Company elected to participate. By electing to participate in the offering, the Company (1) received the right to sell the ARS back to UBS at par plus interest, at the Company’s sole discretion, during a two-year period beginning on June 30, 2010, and (2) received an option to borrow up to 75% of the fair value of the ARS at no cost. Upon borrowing against the ARS, the Company would forgo the interest income on the underlying ARS, while the borrowings are outstanding. The line of credit included in the offering replaced the Company’s previous margin loan facility with UBS. On June 28, 2010, the Company repaid the remaining $11,349 line of credit balance to UBS. As of June 30, 2010, there were no borrowings against this line of credit. The UBS line of credit terminated on July 1, 2010 upon the settlement of the put option for our ARS and the receipt of $18,025 in cash.

 

77


Table of Contents

Convertible Senior Notes Payable

On April 29, 2004, the Company completed a private offering of $125,000 aggregate principal amount of Convertible Senior Notes (the “Notes”), which would have matured on May 1, 2024, bearing interest at 2% per year, payable semiannually in arrears in May and November. The Notes were unsecured, ranked equally in right of payment to the Company’s existing and future unsecured senior debt, and did not subject the Company to any financial covenants.

Under certain circumstances, the Notes would have been convertible into common stock at a conversion rate of 33.0797 shares per $1,000 principal amount of the Notes, subject to adjustment in certain circumstances. The conversion rate was equal to an initial conversion price of approximately $30.23 per share. At the option of the holder, the Notes could be converted if, on or prior to May 1, 2019, the closing price of the Company’s common stock exceeded $36.28 for at least 20 trading days in a specified 30-day period of each fiscal quarter or on any date after May 1, 2019, the closing price of Mercury’s common stock exceeded $36.28. The Notes could have also been converted at the option of the holder if prior to May 1, 2019, the average trading price for the convertible senior notes was less than 98% of the average conversion value for the convertible senior notes during any five consecutive trading-day period. The holders could have required the Company to repurchase the notes, in whole or in part, (a) on May 1, 2009, 2014 or 2019, (b) upon a change in control, or (c) if the Company’s common stock was neither listed nor approved for trading on specified markets. At the Company’s option, the Notes could be redeemed on or after May 1, 2009 at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest.

Upon issuance of the Notes, the Company received net proceeds of $120,889 after offering expenses of $4,111, which were recorded as deferred financing costs in other long-term assets on the balance sheet and were amortized over the five-year term to May 1, 2009, the first optional redemption date of the debt. For fiscal 2009, additional interest expense from the amortization of these deferred financing costs totaled $705. On February 4, 2009, the Company repurchased $119,688 (face value) aggregate principal amount from a holder of the Notes. The Company repurchased the Notes for aggregate consideration equal to the principal amount of the Notes plus accrued interest. The Company paid the consideration for the Notes from a combination of cash on hand and the proceeds from the sale of certain U.S. Treasury securities held by the Company.

On May 1, 2009, the Company repurchased the remaining aggregate principal amount outstanding of $5,312 (face value) of the Notes from the holders of such Notes. The Company repurchased the Notes for aggregate consideration equal to the principal amount of the Notes plus accrued interest. The Company paid the consideration for the Notes from cash on hand. The Company has no further obligations under the Notes, which were cancelled upon repurchase.

M. Commitments and Contingencies

LEGAL CLAIMS

The Company is subject to legal proceedings, claims and tax audits that arise in the ordinary course of business. The Company does not believe the outcome of these matters will have a material adverse effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS

The Company’s standard product sales and license agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business typically contain an indemnification provision pursuant to which the Company indemnifies, holds harmless, and agrees to reimburse the indemnified party for losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified party in connection with any patent, copyright or other intellectual property infringement claim by any third party with respect to the Company’s products. Such provisions generally survive termination or expiration of the agreements. The potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification provisions is, in some instances, unlimited.

 

78


Table of Contents

In connection with the divestitures of the Company’s former VI, VSG, Biotech and ES/PS businesses, which occurred in January 2009, June 2009, September 2008, and May 2008, respectively, the Company provided indemnification to the buyers of the respective businesses. The Company’s indemnification obligations generally cover the buyers for damages resulting from breaches of representations, warranties and covenants contained in the applicable purchase and sale agreement and generally cover pre-closing tax liabilities of the divested businesses. In addition, the Company agreed to indemnify the buyer of the VI business for certain post-closing employee severance expenses. The total paid to the buyer under this obligation was $344. As of June 30, 2010, this employee severance obligation was closed. The Company’s indemnification obligations regarding the divested businesses are generally subject to caps on the Company’s obligations.

GUARANTEES

As part of the sale of the VSG business reported as discontinued operations in fiscal 2009, the Company made certain guarantees to the buyer in regards to retention bonuses to be paid by the buyer if certain VSG employees remain employed with the buyer in accordance with the terms of their severance agreements, typically six months from the closing date. The Company estimated the obligation against this guarantee to be approximately $730 and accrued this amount as of June 30, 2009. The Company settled this obligation in December 2009, upon the remittance of $715 to the buyer. As of December 31, 2009, this retention bonus obligation was closed.

As part of the sale of the ES/PS businesses reported as discontinued operations in fiscal 2008, the Company made certain guarantees to the buyer in regards to potential employee severance costs incurred by the buyer if the ES/PS employees were terminated prior to December 19, 2008. This guarantee was settled in the second quarter of fiscal 2009 with no material payments made.

PURCHASE COMMITMENTS

In September 2006, the Company entered into a supply agreement with a third-party vendor to purchase certain inventory parts that went “end of life.” This supply agreement, as subsequently amended, commits the vendor to acquiring and storing approximately $6,500 of inventory until August 31, 2012 and allows the Company to place orders for the inventory four times a year. Upon the earlier of January 31, 2007 or completion of the wafer fabrication process, the Company was required to and paid approximately $1,900 of the $6,500. Further, upon expiration of the agreement on August 31, 2012, if the Company does not purchase the full $6,500 in inventory, it may be required to pay a penalty equal to 35% of the remaining inventory balance. As of June 30, 2011, the remaining minimum commitment related to this agreement was $1,617, which is the 35% penalty on the remaining inventory balance. As of June 30, 2011, the Company has recorded an accrued liability of approximately $586 for the 35% penalty it anticipates on paying for unpurchased inventory.

As of June 30, 2011, the Company has entered into non-cancelable purchase commitments for certain inventory components and services used in its normal operations. The purchase commitments covered by these agreements are for less than one year and aggregate to approximately $15,966.

 

79


Table of Contents

LEASE COMMITMENTS

The Company leases certain facilities, machinery and equipment under various cancelable and non-cancelable operating leases that expire at various dates through fiscal 2017. The leases contain various renewal options. Rental charges are subject to escalation for increases in certain operating costs of the lessor. For tenant improvement allowances and rent holidays, the Company records a deferred rent liability on the consolidated balance sheets and amortizes the deferred rent over the terms of the leases as reductions to rent expense on the consolidated statements of operations. Rental expense during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $3,369, $3,613 and $3,575, respectively. Minimum lease payments under the Company’s non-cancelable operating leases are as follows:

 

     Year Ending
June 30,
 

2012

   $ 3,144   

2013

     2,768   

2014

     2,423   

2015

     2,248   

2016

     2,160   

2017

     1,714   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 14,457   
  

 

 

 

N. Shareholders’ Equity

FOLLOW-ON PUBLIC STOCK OFFERING

On February 16, 2011, the Company completed a follow-on public stock offering of 5,578 shares of common stock, which were sold at a price to the public of $17.75. The follow-on public stock offering resulted in $93,605 of net proceeds to the Company. The underwriting discount of $4,950 and other expenses of $446 related to the follow-on public stock offering were recorded as an offset to additional paid-in-capital.

PREFERRED STOCK

The Company is authorized to issue 1,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.01 per share.

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN

The Company has adopted a Shareholder Rights Plan, the purpose of which is, among other things, to enhance the Board’s ability to protect the shareholder interests and to ensure that shareholders receive fair treatment in the event any coercive takeover attempt of the Company is made in the future. The following summary description of the Shareholder Rights Plan does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Company’s Shareholder Rights Plan, which has been previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to a Registration Statement on Form 8-A.

In connection with the adoption of the Shareholder Rights Plan, the Board of Directors of the Company declared a dividend distribution of one preferred stock purchase right (a “Right”) for each outstanding share of common stock to shareholders of record as of the close of business on December 23, 2005. The Rights currently are not exercisable and are attached to and trade with the outstanding shares of common stock. Under the Shareholder Rights Plan, the Rights become exercisable if a person becomes an “acquiring person” by acquiring 15% or more of the outstanding shares of common stock or if a person commences a tender offer that would result in that person owning 15% or more of the common stock. If a person becomes an “acquiring person,” each holder of a Right (other than the acquiring person) would be entitled to purchase, at the then-current exercise price, such number of shares of the Company’s preferred stock which are equivalent to shares of common stock

 

80


Table of Contents

having a value of twice the exercise price of the Right. If the Company is acquired in a merger or other business combination transaction after any such event, each holder of a Right would then be entitled to purchase, at the then-current exercise price, shares of the acquiring company’s common stock having a value of twice the exercise price of the Right.

STOCK NET SETTLEMENT PROGRAM

The Company may net settle shares in connection with the surrender of shares to cover the minimum taxes on vesting of restricted stock. During fiscal 2010, 42 shares were net settled in such transactions for a total cost of $433, while 89 shares were net settled during fiscal 2009 for a total cost of $684. Effective May 1, 2010, the Company discontinued the net share settlement practice for settling restricted stock awards.

O. Stock-Based Compensation

STOCK OPTION PLANS

The number of shares authorized for issuance under the Company’s 2005 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated (the “2005 Plan”) is 5,092 shares, which will be increased by any future cancellations, forfeitures or terminations (other than by exercise) under the Company’s 1997 Stock Option Plan (“the 1997 Plan”). On October 21, 2010, the Company’s shareholders approved an increase in the number of shares authorized for issuance under the 2005 plan to 5,092, an increase of 1,000. The 2005 Plan provides for the grant of non-qualified and incentive stock options, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights and deferred stock awards to employees and non-employees. All stock options are granted with an exercise price of not less than 100% of the fair value of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant and the options generally have a term of seven years. There were 2,540 shares available for future grant under the 2005 Plan at June 30, 2011.

The number of shares authorized for issuance under the 1997 Plan was 8,650 shares, of which 100 shares could be issued pursuant to restricted stock grants. The 1997 Plan provided for the grant of non-qualified and incentive stock options and restricted stock to employees and non-employees. All stock options were granted with an exercise price of not less than 100% of the fair value of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant. The options typically vest over periods of zero to four years and have a maximum term of 10 years. Following shareholder approval of the 2005 Plan on November 14, 2005, the Company’s Board of Directors directed that no further grants of stock options or other awards would be made under the 1997 Plan, and the 1997 Plan subsequently expired in June 2007. The foregoing does not affect any outstanding awards under the 1997 Plan, which remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.

EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

The number of shares authorized for issuance under the Company’s 1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended and restated (“ESPP”), is 1,100 shares. Under the ESPP, rights are granted to purchase shares of common stock at 85% of the lesser of the market value of such shares at either the beginning or the end of each six-month offering period. The ESPP permits employees to purchase common stock through payroll deductions, which may not exceed 10% of an employee’s compensation as defined in the ESPP. The number of shares issued under the ESPP during fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009 was 89, 94 and 96, respectively. Shares available for future purchase under the ESPP totaled 164 at June 30, 2011.

 

81


Table of Contents

STOCK OPTION AND AWARD ACTIVITY

The following table summarizes activity of the Company’s stock option plans since June 30, 2009:

 

     Options Outstanding  
     Number of
Shares
    Weighted Average
Exercise Price
     Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic Value as
of 6/30/2011
 

Outstanding at June 30, 2009

     2,980      $ 13.87         5.69      

Granted

     56        10.41         

Exercised

     (130     7.72         

Cancelled

     (294     17.38         
  

 

 

         

Outstanding at June 30, 2010

     2,612      $ 13.70         4.69      

Granted

     77        13.70         

Exercised

     (315     8.25         

Cancelled

     (81     16.41         
  

 

 

         

Outstanding at June 30, 2011

     2,293      $ 14.35         3.88       $ 12,245   
  

 

 

         

Vested and expected to vest at June 30, 2011

     2,278      $ 14.38         3.88       $ 12,117   

Exercisable at June 30, 2011

     1,891      $ 15.41         3.70       $ 8,515   

The intrinsic value of the options exercised during fiscal year 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $2,979, $532 and $24, respectively. Non-vested stock options are subject to the risk of forfeiture until the fulfillment of specified conditions. As of June 30, 2011, there was $1,218 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested options granted under the Company’s stock plans that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 0.9 years from June 30, 2011. As of June 30, 2010, there was $2,406 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested options granted under the Company’s stock plans that was expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.8 years from June 30, 2010.

The following table summarizes the status of the Company’s non-vested restricted stock awards since June 30, 2009:

 

     Non-vested Restricted Stock Awards  
     Number of
Shares
    Weighted Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Outstanding at June 30, 2009

     666      $ 8.97   

Granted

     609        10.21   

Vested

     (325     10.39   

Forfeited

     (122     8.22   
  

 

 

   

Outstanding at June 30, 2010

     828      $ 9.44   

Granted

     738        12.47   

Vested

     (279     9.42   

Forfeited

     (100     10.57   
  

 

 

   

Outstanding at June 30, 2011

     1,187      $ 11.23   
  

 

 

   

 

An aggregate of 79 shares of restricted stock that were granted to employees of LNX Corporation joining the Company in connection with the acquisition of LNX in January 2011 are included in the granted figure in the table above.

The total fair value of restricted stock awards vested during fiscal year 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $4,175, $3,485 and $2,945, respectively.

 

82


Table of Contents

Non-vested restricted stock awards are subject to the risk of forfeiture until the fulfillment of specified conditions. As of June 30, 2011, there was $10,400 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested restricted stock awards granted under the Company’s stock plans that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.6 years from June 30, 2011. As of June 30, 2010, there was $6,411 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested restricted stock awards granted under the Company’s stock plans that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.8 years from June 30, 2010.

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION ASSUMPTIONS AND EXPENSE

The Company recognized the full expense of its share-based payment plans in the consolidated statements of operations for the fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009 in accordance with FASB ASC 718 and did not capitalize any such costs on the consolidated balance sheets, as such costs that qualified for capitalization were not material. Under the fair value recognition provisions of FASB ASC 718, stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the value of the award and is recognized as expense over the service period. The following table presents share-based compensation expenses from continuing operations included in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations:

 

     Year Ended June 30,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Cost of revenues

   $ 263      $ 251      $ 251   

Selling, general and administrative

     4,609        3,145        3,223   

Research and development

     708        620        1,108   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share-based compensation expense before tax

     5,580        4,016        4,582   

Income tax benefit

     (1,966     (1,499     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share-based compensation expense

   $ 3,614      $ 2,517      $ 4,582   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table sets forth the weighted-average key assumptions and fair value results for stock options granted during fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

     Years Ended June 30,  
     2011      2010      2009  

Weighted-average fair value of options granted

   $ 7.25       $ 7.17       $ 3.76   

Option life(1)

     5.0 years         5.0 years         5.5 years   

Risk-free interest rate(2)

     1.27%         2.38%         2.34%   

Stock volatility(3)

     63%         87%         65%   

Dividend rate

     0%         0%         0%   

 

(1) The option life was determined based upon historical option activity.
(2) The risk-free interest rate for each grant is equal to the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for instruments with a similar expected life.
(3) The stock volatility for each grant is measured using the weighted average of historical daily price changes of the Company’s common stock over the most recent period equal to the expected option life of the grant, the historical short-term trend of the option and other factors, such as expected changes in volatility arising from planned changes in the Company’s business operations.

 

83


Table of Contents

P. Operating Segment, Significant Customers and Geographic Information

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise evaluated regularly by the Company’s senior management in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance. The Company is organized in two business segments. These reportable segments were determined based upon the nature of the products offered to customers, the market characteristics of each operating segment and the Company’s management structure:

 

   

Advanced Computing Solutions (“ACS”). This business unit is focused on specialized, high performance signal end-to-end processing solutions that encompass signal acquisition including microwave front-end, digitalization, computing, storage and communications, targeted to key market segments, including defense, communications and other commercial application.

 

   

Mercury Federal Systems (“MFS”). This business unit is focused on services and support work with the Department of Defense and federal intelligence and homeland security agencies, including designing and engineering new ISR capabilities to address present and emerging threats to U.S. forces.

The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as those described in “Note B: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.” The profitability measure employed by the Company and its chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) for making decisions about allocating resources to segments and assessing segment performance was income (loss) from operations prior to stock compensation expense. As such, stock-based compensation expense has been excluded from each operating segments’ income (loss) from operations below and reported separately to reconcile the reported segment income (loss) from operations to the consolidated operating income reported in the consolidated statements of operations. Additionally, asset information by reportable segment is not reported because the Company and its CODM utilize consolidated asset information when making business decisions. The following is a summary of the performance of the Company’s operations by reportable segment:

 

     ACS      MFS     Stock
Compensation
Expense
    Eliminations     Total  

YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2011

           

Net revenues to unaffiliated customers

   $ 217,423       $ 11,415      $ —        $ (128   $ 228,710   

Intersegment revenues

     6,260         52        —          (6,312     —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

   $ 223,683       $ 11,467      $ —        $ (6,440   $ 228,710   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

   $ 32,022       $ (950   $ (5,580   $ (507   $ 24,985   

Depreciation and amortization expense

   $ 8,312       $ 36      $ —        $ —        $ 8,348   

YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2010

           

Net revenues to unaffiliated customers

   $ 188,967       $ 10,735      $ —        $ 128      $ 199,830   

Intersegment revenues

     4,779         336        —          (5,115     —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

   $ 193,746       $ 11,071      $ —        $ (4,987   $ 199,830   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

   $ 21,956       $ (670   $ (4,016   $ 43      $ 17,313   

Depreciation and amortization expense

   $ 6,829       $ 28      $ —        $ —        $ 6,857   

YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2009

           

Net revenues to unaffiliated customers

   $ 183,393       $ 5,546      $ —        $ —        $ 188,939   

Intersegment revenues

     1,858         245        —          (2,103     —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

   $ 185,251       $ 5,791      $ —        $ (2,103   $ 188,939   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

   $ 13,395       $ (893   $ (4,582   $ (173   $ 7,747   

Depreciation and amortization expense

   $ 8,028       $ 26      $ —        $ —        $ 8,054   

 

84


Table of Contents

The geographic distribution of the Company’s revenues and long-lived assets from continuing operations is summarized as follows:

 

     US      Europe      Asia
Pacific
     Eliminations     Total  

YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2011

             

Net revenues to unaffiliated customers

   $ 219,435       $ 3,665       $ 5,610       $ —        $ 228,710   

Inter-geographic revenues

     5,637         2,277         243         (8,157     —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

   $ 225,072       $ 5,942       $ 5,853       $ (8,157   $ 228,710   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Identifiable long-lived assets

   $ 15,390       $ 24       $ 704       $ —        $ 16,118   

YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2010

             

Net revenues to unaffiliated customers

   $ 180,103       $ 9,960       $ 9,767       $ —        $ 199,830   

Inter-geographic revenues

     13,916         789         198         (14,903     —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

   $ 194,019       $ 10,749       $ 9,965       $ (14,903   $ 199,830   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Identifiable long-lived assets

   $ 13,384       $ 21       $ 716       $ —        $ 14,121   

YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2009

             

Net revenues to unaffiliated customers

   $ 175,586       $ 9,823       $ 3,530       $ —        $ 188,939   

Inter-geographic revenues

     9,329         966         289         (10,584     —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

   $ 184,915       $ 10,789       $ 3,819       $ (10,584   $ 188,939   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Identifiable long-lived assets

   $ 10,906       $ 45       $ 620       $ —        $ 11,571   

Foreign revenue is based on the country in which the Company’s legal subsidiary is domiciled. Identifiable long-lived assets exclude goodwill and intangible assets.

Customers comprising 10% or more of the Company’s revenues for the fiscal years shown below are as follows:

 

     Year Ended
June 30,
 
         2011             2010             2009      

Northrop Grumman Corporation (ACS)

     21     *        13

Raytheon Company (ACS)

     17        20     11   

Lockheed Martin Corporation (ACS)

     13        17        14   

Argon ST, Inc. (ACS).

     *        *        13   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     51     37     51
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Indicates that the amount is less than 10% of the Company’s revenues for the respective year.

Although the Company typically has several customers from which it derives 10% or more of its revenue, the sales to each of these customers are spread across multiple programs and platforms. For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2011 and 2009, no single program comprised 10% or more of the Company’s revenues. For the year ended June 30, 2010, the Aegis program individually comprised 15% of the Company’s revenues.

Q. Discontinued Operations

In June 2009, the Company closed on the sale of the VSG operating segment for gross consideration of $12,000 in cash. The sale resulted in a gain of $6,406 on disposal of the discontinued operation. The gain was primarily comprised of cash proceeds of $8,231, net of transaction costs, and recognition of a cumulative foreign currency translation gain of $1,560, offset by net assets of approximately $3,385. There were no material adjustments to the gain on disposal during fiscal 2010 and 2011.

 

85


Table of Contents

In January 2009, the Company completed the sale of the VI operating segment for gross consideration of $3,000 in cash. Of the proceeds, a total of $1,100 was held back for general indemnification purposes and employee termination payments incurred by the buyer. Of the total held back, $344 was used for termination payments, $423 was used for general indemnification purposes and $333 was remitted back to the Company. The sale resulted in a gain of $4,207 on disposal of the discontinued operation. The gain was primarily comprised of expected cash proceeds, net of transaction costs, of $990 and the recognition of a cumulative foreign currency translation gain of $3,894, offset by net assets of the business of approximately $780. There were no material adjustments to the gain on disposal during fiscal 2010 and 2011.

In September 2008, the Company completed an asset sale of the Biotech business for a $130 cash payment, which was received in the second quarter of fiscal 2009, and $300 of preferred shares in the acquiring entity. The Biotech business was previously reported in the results of the MFS operating segment, formerly referred to as the Emerging Business Unit. The sale resulted in a gain of $328 on disposal of the discontinued operation.

In accordance with FASB ASC 360, VSG, VI and Biotech have been reflected as discontinued operations for all periods presented in the Company’s consolidated financial statements, except the consolidated statements of cash flows. Accordingly, the revenue, costs, expenses, assets and liabilities of VSG, VI and Biotech have been reported separately in the consolidated statements of operations and consolidated balance sheets for all periods presented. The results of discontinued operations do not reflect any interest expense or any allocation of corporate general and administrative expense.

The amounts reported in income (loss) from discontinued operations were as follows:

 

     June 30,  
     2011      2010     2009  

VSG

       

Revenue

   $       —         $       —        $ 9,913   

(Loss) income from discontinued operations before income taxes

   $ —         $ (4   $ 879   

VI

       

Revenue

   $ —         $ —        $ 5,133   

Loss (income) from discontinued operations before income taxes

   $ 83       $ 36      $ (20,298

Biotech

       

Loss from discontinued operations before income taxes

   $ —         $ —        $ (743

As of June 30, 2011 and 2010, there were no assets or liabilities of discontinued operations included in the balances represented in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

 

86


Table of Contents

R. Income Taxes

The components of income (loss) before income taxes and income tax expense (benefit) were as follows:

 

     Year Ended June 30,  
     2011      2010     2009  

Income from continuing operations before income taxes:

       

United States

   $ 26,072       $ 18,714      $ 8,465   

Foreign

     495         (22     (447
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 26,567       $ 18,692      $ 8,018   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit) from continuing operations:

       

Federal:

       

Current

   $ 4,974       $ (356   $ 1,577   

Deferred

     1992         (8,286     (1,651
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 6,966       $ (8,642   $ (74

State:

       

Current

   $ 855       $ 98      $ 253   

Deferred

     48         (711     (142
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 903       $ (613   $ 111   

Foreign:

       

Current

   $ 161       $ (122   $ 72   

Deferred

     30        —          —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 191       $ (122   $ 72   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 8,060       $ (9,377   $ 109   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following is the reconciliation between the statutory federal income tax rate and the Company’s effective income tax rate from continuing operations:

 

     Year Ended June 30,  
         2011             2010             2009      

Income taxes at federal statutory rates

     35.0     35.0     35.0

State income tax, net of federal tax benefit

     2.2        0.5        3.2   

Research and development credits

     (6.9     (5.9     (24.8

Domestic manufacturing deduction

     (2.6     —          —     

Deemed repatriation of foreign earnings

     —          (1.4     —     

Equity compensation

     1.6        1.8        10.2   

IRS audit adjustments

     —          (1.5     2.9   

Goodwill impairment

     —          0.4        —     

Valuation allowance

     1.7        (79.8     (19.3

Other

     (0.7     0.7        (5.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     30.3     (50.2 )%      1.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

87


Table of Contents

The components of the Company’s net deferred tax assets (liabilities) were as follows:

 

     June 30,  
     2011     2010  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Inventory valuation and receivable allowances

   $ 4,189      $ 4,497   

Accrued compensation

     1,424        1,249   

Equity compensation

     5,565        5,341   

Federal and state research and development tax credit carryforwards

     8,716        10,040   

Net operating loss

     900        1,150   

Gain on sale-leaseback

     2,556        2,995   

Other accruals

     328        —     

Repatriation of foreign earnings

     76        —     

Other temporary differences

     594        452   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     24,348        25,724   

Valuation allowance

     (7,973     (7,555
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     16,375        18,169   

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Deferred revenue

     (4,776     (6,615

Property and equipment depreciation

     (2,452     (316

Acquired intangible assets

     (5,346     (426
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (12,574     (7,357
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 3,801      $ 10,812   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

At June 30, 2011, the Company evaluated the need for a valuation allowance on deferred tax assets. In assessing whether the deferred tax assets are realizable, management considered whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. The Company continues to conclude that it was “more likely than not”, that most domestic deferred tax assets would be realizable based on the financial performance in fiscal year 2011, projected future taxable income and the reversal of existing deferred tax liabilities.

The Company continues to record a full valuation allowance on Massachusetts research and development (“R&D”) and investment tax credits as of June 30, 2011 as management continues to believe that it is not more likely than not that these deferred tax assets would be realized.

At June 30, 2010, the Company concluded that it was more likely than not that most of the domestic deferred tax assets would be realizable and released a portion of the valuation allowance.

At June 30, 2011, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of $2,368 from an acquiree that will be included in a carryback claim. The Company also had federal and state research and development credit carryforwards of $856 and $11,721 respectively, which will expire in 2032 and 2017 through 2026, respectively. The Company also had state investment tax credits carryforwards of $241 that will expire in 2014. As of June 30, 2011, the Company also had approximately $399 in foreign operating loss carryforwards.

At June 30, 2010, the Company had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $3,027. The Company also had federal and state research and development credit carryforwards of $2,485 and $11,623 respectively, which will expire in 2011 and 2019, respectively. As of June 30, 2010, the Company also had approximately $723 in foreign net operating loss carryforwards.

 

88


Table of Contents

Upon consideration of changing business conditions and cash position in its foreign subsidiaries, management has determined that it would no longer need to permanently reinvest the earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries. Therefore, the Company has accrued deferred taxes in association with the $1,100 in undistributed earnings and profits.

The Company files income tax returns in all jurisdictions in which it operates. The Company has established reserves to provide for additional income taxes that may be due in future years as these previously filed tax returns are audited. These reserves have been established based upon management’s assessment as to the potential exposures. All tax reserves are analyzed quarterly and adjustments are made as events occur and warrant modification.

The changes in the Company’s reserves for unrecognized income tax benefits are summarized as follows:

 

     Year Ended June 30,  
         2011             2010      

Unrecognized tax benefits, beginning of period

   $ 1,856      $ 1,069   

Increases for previously recognized positions

     27        340   

Settlements of previously recognized positions

     (59     (568

Decreases for previously recognized positions

     (229     (41

Increases for currently recognized positions

     236        1,056   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefits, end of period

   $ 1,831      $ 1,856   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The $1,831 of unrecognized tax benefits as of June 30, 2011, if released, would affect income tax expense.

The Company has analyzed filing positions in all of the federal and state jurisdictions where it is required to file income tax returns, as well as all open tax years in these jurisdictions. The Company has reviewed the tax positions taken on returns filed domestically and in its foreign jurisdictions for all open years, generally 2008 through 2010, and believes that tax adjustments in any audited year will not be material.

The Company expects that there will not be any material changes in its reserves for unrecognized tax benefits within the next 12 months. Currently there are no significant tax audits underway.

S. Employee Benefit Plans

The Company maintains a qualified 401(k) plan (the “401(k) Plan”) for its U.S. employees. The 401(k) Plan covers U.S. employees who have attained the age of 21. During fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company matched employee contributions up to 3% of eligible compensation. The Company may also make optional contributions to the plan for any plan year at its discretion. Expense recognized by the Company for matching contributions related to the 401(k) plan was $1,762, $1,569 and $1,561 during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

T. Related Party Transactions

In July 2008, the Company and our former CEO, James Bertelli, entered into an agreement for consulting services through June 30, 2010. The consideration for these services totaled $190 and was paid out over the service period. As of June 30, 2010, the Company had made payments of $190 for consulting services under this agreement. Additionally, in July 2008, the Company entered into a five year non-compete agreement with Mr. Bertelli. This agreement, which is carried as an intangible asset on the Company’s balance sheet, was valued at $500 and is being amortized over the life of the agreement. As of December 31, 2010, the Company had made all payments under this non-compete agreement.

U. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events from the date of the consolidated balance sheet through the date the consolidated financial statements were issued. No subsequent events were noted.

 

89


Table of Contents

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

The following sets forth certain unaudited consolidated quarterly statements of operations data for each of the Company’s last eight quarters. In management’s opinion, this quarterly information reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation for the periods presented. Such quarterly results are not necessarily indicative of future results of operations and should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and the notes thereto included elsewhere herein.

 

2011 (In thousands, except per share data)

  1ST QUARTER     2ND QUARTER     3RD QUARTER     4TH QUARTER  

Net revenues

  $ 52,108      $ 55,513      $ 59,855      $ 61,234   

Gross margin

  $ 30,660      $ 31,640      $ 32,882      $ 34,717   

Income from operations

  $ 5,245      $ 6,518      $ 6,999      $ 6,223   

Income from operations before income taxes

  $ 5,759      $ 6,879      $ 7,385      $ 6,544   

Income tax expense

  $ 2,077      $ 1,696      $ 2,007      $ 2,280   

Income from continuing operations

  $ 3,682      $ 5,183      $ 5,378      $ 4,264   

Net income

  $ 3,630      $ 5,183      $ 5,378      $ 4,251   

Net earnings per common share:

       

Basic net earnings per share:

       

Income from continuing operations

  $ 0.16      $ 0.22      $ 0.20      $ 0.15   

Net income

  $ 0.16      $ 0.22      $ 0.20      $ 0.15   

Diluted net earnings per share:

       

Income from continuing operations*

  $ 0.16      $ 0.22      $ 0.20      $ 0.14   

Net income*

  $ 0.15      $ 0.22      $ 0.20      $ 0.14   

 

2010 (In thousands, except per share data)

  1ST QUARTER     2ND QUARTER     3RD QUARTER     4TH QUARTER  

Net revenues

  $ 47,431      $ 45,158      $ 43,603      $ 63,638   

Gross margin

  $ 27,302      $ 25,865      $ 24,803      $ 34,562   

Income from operations

  $ 5,055      $ 1,914      $ 1,152      $ 9,192   

Income from operations before income taxes

  $ 5,331      $ 2,245      $ 1,464      $ 9,652   

Income tax expense (benefit)

  $ 906      $ 330      $ (2,235   $ (8,378

Income from continuing operations

  $ 4,425      $ 1,915      $ 3,699      $ 18,030   

Net income

  $ 4,358      $ 2,071      $ 3,276      $ 18,653   

Net earnings per common share:

       

Basic net earnings per share:

       

Income from continuing operations

  $ 0.20      $ 0.08      $ 0.16      $ 0.79   

Net income

  $ 0.19      $ 0.09      $ 0.14      $ 0.82   

Diluted net earnings per share:

       

Income from continuing operations

  $ 0.19      $ 0.08      $ 0.16      $ 0.77   

Net income

  $ 0.19      $ 0.09      $ 0.14      $ 0.80   

 

* Due to the effects of rounding, the sum of the four quarters does not equal the annual.

 

90


Table of Contents
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

(a) EFFECTIVENESS OF DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

We conducted an evaluation as of June 30, 2011 under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer (our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, respectively), and concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) or Rule 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the “Exchange Act”) were effective as of June 30, 2011 to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and that it is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

(b) INHERENT LIMITATIONS ON EFFECTIVENESS OF CONTROLS

Our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, does not expect that our internal control over financial reporting or our internal controls will prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. The design of any system of controls is based in part on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions.

 

(c) MANAGEMENTS ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Under the supervision of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2011 based on the framework in Internal Control-Integrated Framework published by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. As a result of this assessment, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of June 30, 2011. The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2011 has been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in its report.

The audited consolidated financial statements of the Company include the results of acquired LNX Corporation (“acquired business”). Upon consideration of the date of the acquisition and the time constraints under which our management’s assessment would have to be made, management determined that it would not be possible to conduct a sufficiently comprehensive assessment of the acquired business controls over financial reporting. Accordingly, these operations have been excluded from the scope of management’s assessment of internal controls. The Company’s consolidated financial statements reflect revenues and total assets from the acquired business of approximately 2 percent and 12 percent, respectively, as of June 30, 2011.

(d) CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011 identified in connection with our Chief Executive Officer’s and Chief Financial Officer’s evaluation that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

 

91


Table of Contents

PART III

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement for our 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “Shareholders Meeting”), except that information required by this item concerning our executive officers appears in Part I, Item 4.1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Other than the summary of our change in control severance agreements set forth below, the information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement for the Shareholders Meeting.

Change in Control Severance Agreements

We recognize that Mercury, as a publicly-traded company, may become the target of a proposal which could result in a change in control, and that such possibility and the uncertainty and questions which such a proposal may raise among management could cause our executive officers to leave or could distract them in the performance of their duties, to the detriment of Mercury and our shareholders. Our named executive officers have agreements intended to reinforce and encourage the continued attention of our executive officers to their assigned duties without distraction and to ensure the continued availability to Mercury of each of our executive officers in the event of a proposed change in control transaction. We believe that these objectives are in the best interests of Mercury and our shareholders.

As part of our normal review cycle, we recently entered into new forms of change in control severance agreements with our Chief Executive Officer and certain other executive officers. We have entered into such agreements with the following named executive officers: Mr. Aslett; Mr. Haines; Mr. Hult; and Mr. Thibaud. The new forms of change in control severance agreement became effective on August 16, 2011.

A change in control includes, among other events and subject to certain exceptions, the acquisition by any person of beneficial ownership of 30% or more of our outstanding common stock. If a tender offer or exchange offer is made for more than 30% of our outstanding common stock, the executive has agreed not to leave our employ, except in the case of disability or retirement and certain other circumstances, and to continue to render services to Mercury until such offer has been abandoned or terminated or a change in control has occurred.

The Compensation Committee worked with Radford as compensation consultant to provide market data and analysis of market practices for such agreements in the period of time since Mercury’s prior forms of such agreements were adopted.

Chief Executive Officer

The CEO is entitled to severance benefits if, within 24 months after a change in control of Mercury (or during a potential change in control period provided that a change in control takes place within 24 months thereafter), the CEO’s employment is terminated (1) by us other than for “cause” or disability or (2) by the CEO for “good reason.” “Cause” is defined in the agreement to include the CEO’s willful failure to perform his duties, conviction of the executive for a felony, and the CEO’s willful engaging in fraud, dishonesty, or other conduct demonstrably and materially injurious to Mercury. “Good Reason” is defined in the agreement to include an adverse change in the CEO’s status or position with Mercury, a reduction in base salary or annual target bonus, failure to maintain the CEO’s participation in existing or at least equivalent health and benefit plans, and a significant relocation of the CEO’s principal office.

 

92


Table of Contents

Severance benefits under the agreement include the following, in addition to the payment of any earned or accrued but unpaid compensation for services previously rendered:

 

   

a lump sum cash payment equal to two times (2x) the sum of the CEO’s then current annualized base salary and bonus target under our annual executive bonus plan (excluding any over-achievement awards);

 

   

payment of the cost of providing the executive with outplacement services up to a maximum of $45,000; and

 

   

payment of the cost of providing the CEO with health and dental insurance up to 24 months following such termination on the same basis as though the CEO had remained an active employee.

 

   

In addition, if the CEO’s employment is terminated within 24 months after a change in control (or during a potential change in control period provided that a change in control takes place within 24 months thereafter), vesting of all his then outstanding stock options and other stock-based awards immediately accelerates and all such awards become exercisable or non-forfeitable.

Payment of the above-described severance benefits is subject to the CEO releasing all his claims against Mercury other than claims that arise from Mercury’s obligations under the severance agreement. In addition, if the CEO is party to an employment agreement with Mercury providing for change in control payments or benefits, the CEO will receive the benefits payable under this agreement and not under the employment agreement.

The agreement provides for a reduction of payments and benefits payable under the agreement to a level where the CEO would not be subject to the excise tax pursuant to section 4999 of the Code, but only if such reduction would put the CEO in a better after-tax position than if the payments and benefits were paid in full. In addition, the agreement provides for the payment by Mercury of the CEO’s legal fees and expenses incurred in connection with good faith disputes under the agreement.

The agreement continues in effect through June 30, 2014, subject to automatic one-year extensions thereafter unless notice is given of our or the CEO’s intention not to extend the term of the agreement; provided, however, that the agreement continues in effect for not less than 24 months following a change in control that occurs during the term of the agreement. Except as otherwise provided in the agreement, we and the CEO may terminate the CEO’s employment at any time.

Non-CEO Executives

The executive is entitled to severance benefits if, within 18 months after a change in control of Mercury (or during a potential change in control period provided that a change in control takes place within 18 months thereafter), the executive’s employment is terminated (1) by us other than for “cause” or disability or (2) by the executive for “good reason.” “Cause” is defined in each agreement to include the executive’s willful failure to perform his duties, conviction of the executive for a felony, and the executive’s willful engaging in fraud, dishonesty, or other conduct demonstrably and materially injurious to Mercury. “Good Reason” is defined in each agreement to include an adverse change in the executive’s status or position with Mercury, a reduction in base salary or annual target bonus, failure to maintain the executive’s participation in existing or at least equivalent health and benefit plans, and a significant relocation of the executive’s principal office.

Severance benefits under each agreement include the following, in addition to the payment of any earned or accrued but unpaid compensation for services previously rendered:

 

   

a lump sum cash payment equal to one and one-half times (1.5x) the sum of the executive’s then current annualized base salary and bonus target under our annual executive bonus plan (excluding any over-achievement awards);

 

   

payment of the cost of providing the executive with outplacement services up to a maximum of $45,000; and

 

93


Table of Contents
   

payment of the cost of providing the executive with health and dental insurance up to 18 months following such termination on the same basis as though the executive had remained an active employee.

 

   

In addition, if the executive’s employment is terminated within 18 months after a change in control (or during a potential change in control period provided that a change in control takes place within 18 months thereafter), vesting of all his then outstanding stock options and other stock-based awards immediately accelerates and all such awards become exercisable or non-forfeitable.

Payment of the above-described severance benefits is subject to the executive releasing all his claims against Mercury other than claims that arise from Mercury’s obligations under the severance agreement. In addition, if the executive is party to an employment agreement with Mercury providing for change in control payments or benefits, the executive will receive the benefits payable under this agreement and not under the employment agreement.

Each agreement provides for a reduction of payments and benefits payable under the agreement to a level where the executive would not be subject to the excise tax pursuant to section 4999 of the Code, but only if such reduction would put the executive in a better after-tax position than if the payments and benefits were paid in full. In addition, each agreement provides for the payment by Mercury of the executive’s legal fees and expenses incurred in connection with good faith disputes under the agreement.

The agreements continue in effect through June 30, 2014, subject to automatic one-year extensions thereafter unless notice is given of our or the executive’s intention not to extend the term of the agreement; provided, however, that the agreement continues in effect for not less than 18 months following a change in control that occurs during the term of the agreement. Except as otherwise provided in the agreement, we and each executive may terminate the executive’s employment at any time.

 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement for the Shareholders Meeting.

 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement for the Shareholders Meeting.

 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement for the Shareholders Meeting.

 

94


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, SCHEDULES AND EXHIBITS

The financial statements, schedule, and exhibits listed below are included in or incorporated by reference as part of this report:

 

  1. Financial statements:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2011 and 2010

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended June 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

  2. Financial Statement Schedule:

 

  II. Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

95


Table of Contents

MERCURY COMPUTER SYSTEMS, INC.

SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

FOR FISCAL YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2011, 2010 AND 2009

(In thousands)

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

 

     BALANCE
AT
BEGINNING
OF PERIOD
     ADDITIONS      REVERSALS      WRITE-
OFFS
     BALANCE
AT END OF
PERIOD
 

2011

   $ 163       $ 9       $  —         $ 155       $ 17   

2010

   $ 425       $ 33       $ —         $ 295       $ 163   

2009

   $ 508       $ 115       $ 34       $ 164       $ 425   

Deferred Tax Asset Valuation Allowance

 

     BALANCE
AT
BEGINNING
OF PERIOD
     CHARGED
TO COSTS &
EXPENSES
    CHARGED
TO OTHER
ACCOUNTS
     DEDUCTIONS      BALANCE
AT END OF
PERIOD
 

2011

   $ 7,555       $ 418      $  —         $ —         $ 7,973   

2010

   $ 22,394       $ (14,839   $ —         $ —         $ 7,555   

2009

   $ 28,262       $ (1,547   $ —         $ 4,321       $ 22,394   

Prior year results have been reclassified for the discontinuation of the Visage Imaging (“VI”) and Visualization Sciences Group (“VSG”) operating segments and for the sale of the Biotech business (see Note Q to the consolidated financial statements).

 

  3. Exhibits:

Exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K are listed in the Exhibit Index on page 98, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

96


Table of Contents

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Chelmsford, Massachusetts, on August 18, 2011.

 

MERCURY COMPUTER SYSTEMS, INC.

By

 

/s/    ROBERT E. HULT        

 

Robert E. Hult

SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT, CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER, AND TREASURER

[PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER]

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title(s)

    

Date

/s/    MARK ASLETT        

Mark Aslett

   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (principal executive officer)      August 18, 2011

/S/    ROBERT E. HULT        

Robert E. Hult

   Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Treasurer (principal financial officer)      August 18, 2011

/S/    CHARLES A. SPEICHER        

Charles A. Speicher

   Vice President, Controller, and Chief Accounting Officer (principal accounting officer)      August 18, 2011

/S/    JAMES K. BASS        

James K. Bass

   Director      August 18, 2011

/S/    GEORGE W. CHAMILLARD        

George W. Chamillard

   Director      August 18, 2011

/S/    MICHAEL A. DANIELS        

Michael A. Daniels

   Director      August 18, 2011

/S/    GEORGE K. MUELLNER        

George K. Muellner

   Director      August 18, 2011

/S/    WILLIAM K. O’BRIEN        

William K. O’Brien

   Director      August 18, 2011

/S/    LEE C. STEELE        

Lee C. Steele

   Director      August 18, 2011

/S/    VINCENT VITTO        

Vincent Vitto

  

Chairman of the Board of

Directors

     August 18, 2011

 

97


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

ITEM NO.

  

DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT

  1.1    Underwriting Agreement, dated February 10, 2011, among the Company and Jefferies & Company, Inc. and Lazard Capital Markets LLC as representatives of the several underwriters named therein (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1.1 of the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed on February 11, 2011)
  3.1.1    Articles of Organization (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1.1 of the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009)
  3.1.2    Articles of Amendment (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1.2 of the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010)
  3.1.3    Articles of Amendment (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1 of the Company’s registration statement on Form 8-A filed on December 15, 2005)
  3.2    Bylaws, amended and restated effective as of May 4, 2011 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011)
  4.1    Form of Stock Certificate (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-41139))
  4.2    Shareholder Rights Agreement, dated as of December 14, 2005, between the Company and Computershare Trust Company, N.A. (formerly known as EquiServe Trust Company, N.A.) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2 of the Company’s registration statement on
Form 8-A filed on December 15, 2005)
10.1.1*    1997 Stock Option Plan, as amended and restated (incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.1.1 of the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
June 30, 2010)
10.1.2*    Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 1997 Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1.2 of the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010)
10.1.3*    Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 1997 Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1.3 of the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010)
10.2*    1998 Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009)
10.3*    1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended and restated (incorporated herein by reference to Appendix B to the Company’s definitive proxy statement filed on September 21, 2009)
10.4*    Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and each of its current directors (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009)
10.5*    Annual Executive Bonus Plan – Corporate Financial Performance (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009)
10.6*    Annual Executive Bonus Plan – Individual Performance (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009)
10.7*    2005 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated (incorporated herein by reference to Appendix A to the Company’s definitive proxy statement filed on September 20, 2010)
10.8.1*††    Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan
10.8.2*††    Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan
10.8.3*††    Form of Deferred Stock Award Agreement under the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan
10.8.4*    Form of Stock Option Agreement for performance stock options under the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s current report on
Form 8-K filed on September 28, 2007)

 

98


Table of Contents

ITEM NO.

  

DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT

10.9.1*†    Form of Change in Control Severance Agreement between the Company and Mark Aslett
10.9.2*†    Form of Change in Control Severance Agreement between the Company and Non-CEO Executives
10.10*†    Compensation Policy for Non-Employee Directors
10.11.1*    Employment Agreement, dated as of November 19, 2007, by and between the Company and Mark Aslett (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed on November 20, 2007)
10.11.2*    First Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2008, by and between the Company and Mark Aslett (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2008)
10.11.3*    Second Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2009, by and between the Company and Mark Aslett (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2009)
10.12.1*    Agreement, dated as of March 27, 2008, by and between the Company and Didier M.C. Thibaud (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.13 of the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008)
10.12.2*    First Amendment to Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2008, by and between the Company and Didier M.C. Thibaud (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2008)
10.13*†    Agreement, dated March 1, 2010, by and between the Company and Gerald M. Haines II
10.14    Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of April 12, 2007 among 1999 Riverneck, LLC, Riverneck Road, LLC, 191 Riverneck, LLC and BTI 199-201 Riverneck, L.P. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2007)
10.15    Lease Agreement dated April 20, 2007 between BTI 199-201 Riverneck, L.P. and the Company (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2007)
10.16    Loan and Security Agreement dated February 12, 2010 between the Company and Silicon Valley Bank (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed on February 19, 2010)
10.17    First Loan Modification Agreement dated March 30, 2011 between the Company and Silicon Valley Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s current report on
Form 8-K filed on April 1, 2011)
10.18    Stock Purchase Agreement by and among the Company, LNX Corporation, and the Holders of the Securities of LNX Corporation (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011)
21.1†    Subsidiaries of the Company
23.1†    Consent of KPMG LLP
31.1†    Certification of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2†    Certification of the Company’s Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.1+    Certification of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

* Identifies a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement in which an executive officer or director of the Company participates.
Filed with this Form 10-K.
†† Indicates an exhibit the Company is re-filing with this Form 10-K since the Company cannot incorporate by reference to Exchange Act reports that are more than five years old.
+ Furnished herewith. This certification shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section, nor shall it be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

99

Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan

Exhibit 10.8.1

 

   Mercury Computer Systems, Inc.
Notice of Grant of Stock Options    ID: [            ]
and Option Agreement    199 Riverneck Road
   Chelmsford, MA 01824
[Name]    Option Number: [            ]
[Address]    Plan: 2005 Stock Incentive Plan
   ID: [            ]

Effective [            ], you have been granted a[n] [Incentive] Stock Option to buy [            ] shares of Mercury Computer Systems, Inc. (the “Company”) common stock at [            ] per share.

The total option price of the shares granted is [            ].

Shares in each period will become fully vested on the date shown.

 

Shares

  

Vest Type

  

Full Vest

  

Expiration

[            ]    On Vest Date    [            ]    [            ]
[            ]    On Vest Date    [            ]    [            ]
[            ]    On Vest Date    [            ]    [            ]
[            ]    On Vest Date    [            ]    [            ]

By your signature and the Company’s signature below, you and the Company agree that these options are granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Company’s 2005 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time, and the Option Agreement, all of which are attached and made a part of this document.

 

 

   

 

Mercury Computer Systems, Inc.     Date

 

   

 

[Name]     Date


FORM OF OPTION AGREEMENT

Terms and Conditions

1. Term.

[Terms for Employees]

This Stock Option shall terminate and no portion will be exercisable on the earliest of the following: (i) the expiration date; (ii) 90 days after the Optionee ceases to be an employee of the Company or one of its subsidiaries for any reason other than as specified in clauses (iii) – (vi) below; (iii) the date the Optionee ceases to be an employee of the Company or one of its subsidiaries if such termination of employment is because of dismissal for cause or because the Optionee is in breach of any employment agreement; (iv) 12 months from the date the Optionee ceases to be an employee if such termination of employment is because the Optionee has become permanently disabled (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code); (v) 12 months from the date of death in the event of the death of the Optionee; or (vi) five years after the Optionee ceases to be an employee of the Company or one of its subsidiaries if such termination of employment is because of the Optionee’s retirement on or after attaining the minimum age, completing the minimum number of years of service and satisfying all other conditions specified for retirement status under the Company’s Retirement Policy Statement. This Stock Option shall be exercisable in accordance with the preceding sentence after the Optionee’s death or after the Optionee otherwise ceases to be an employee of the Company or one of its subsidiaries only to the extent it was vested and exercisable immediately prior to the Optionee’s death or cessation or termination of employment.

If the Optionee, either on the date of grant of this Stock Option or subsequent thereto, is or becomes a director, and thereafter ceases to be an employee while remaining a non-employee director, such change in status shall not be a termination of employment for purposes of clauses (ii) or (vi) of the preceding paragraph until the Optionee’s service as a director shall have ceased.

[Terms for Board of Directors]

This Stock Option shall terminate and no portion will be exercisable on the earliest of the following: (i) the expiration date; (ii) 12 months from the date of death in the event of the death of the Optionee while serving as a director; or (iii) five years after the Optionee ceases to be a director of the Company if such cessation is for any reason other than death. This Stock Option shall be exercisable in accordance with the preceding sentence after the Optionee’s death or after the Optionee otherwise ceases to be a director of the Company only to the extent it was vested and exercisable immediately prior to the Optionee’s death or cessation of service as a director.

2. Manner of Exercise.

(a) From time to time on or prior to the expiration of this Stock Option, the Optionee may give written notice to the Company of his election to purchase some or all of the shares of Mercury Computer Systems, Inc. (“Stock”) purchasable at the time of such notice. This notice shall specify the number of shares of Stock to be purchased.

Payment of the purchase price for the shares may be made by one or more of the following methods: (i) in cash, by certified or bank check or other instrument acceptable to the Company; (ii) through the delivery of shares of Stock that have been purchased by the Optionee on the open market or that have been beneficially owned by the Optionee for at least six months; (iii) a


combination of (i) and (ii); or (iv) by the Optionee delivering to the Company a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company to pay the option purchase price, provided that in the event the Optionee chooses to pay the option purchase price as so provided, the Optionee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Company shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure. Payment instruments will be received subject to collection.

(b) Certificates for shares of Stock purchased upon exercise of this Stock Option shall be issued and delivered to the Optionee upon compliance to the satisfaction of the Company with all requirements under applicable laws or regulations in connection with such issuance and with the requirements hereof and of the Plan. The determination of the Company as to such compliance shall be final and binding on the Optionee. The Optionee shall not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Stock subject to this Stock Option unless and until this Stock Option shall have been exercised pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company shall have issued and delivered the shares to the Optionee, and the Optionee’s name shall have been entered as the shareholder of record on the books of the Company. Thereupon, the Optionee shall have full voting, dividend and other ownership rights with respect to such shares of Stock.

(c) The minimum number of shares of Stock with respect to which this Stock Option may be exercised at any one time shall be 50 shares, unless the number of shares with respect to which this Stock Option is being exercised is the total number of shares subject to exercise under this Stock Option at the time.

3. Restrictions. This Stock Option may be cancelled, rescinded, suspended, withheld or otherwise limited or restricted by the Administrator at any time, and any gain realized or payment received as a result of the exercise of this Stock Option may be subject to recapture by the Company if the Optionee engages in any Detrimental Activity prior to or during the six months following any exercise, payment or delivery pursuant to this Stock Option.

4. Incorporation of Plan. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Stock Option shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan. Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.

5. Transferability. This Agreement is personal to the Optionee, is non-assignable and is not transferable in any manner, by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Stock Option is exercisable only by the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee. All references herein to the Optionee shall be read to include the Optionee’s representative or legatee.

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan

Exhibit 10.8.2

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

UNDER THE MERCURY COMPUTER SYSTEMS, INC.

2005 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

Name of Grantee:

No. of Shares:

Grant Date:

Final Acceptance Date:

Pursuant to the Mercury Computer Systems, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) as amended through the date hereof, Mercury Computer Systems, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby grants a Restricted Stock Award (an “Award”) to the Grantee named above. Upon acceptance of this Award, the Grantee shall receive the number of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Stock”), of the Company specified above, subject to the restrictions and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan.

1. Acceptance of Award. The Grantee shall have no rights with respect to this Award unless he or she shall have accepted this Award prior to the close of business on the Final Acceptance Date specified above by (i) signing and delivering to the Company a copy of this Award Agreement and (ii) delivering to the Company a stock power endorsed in blank. Upon acceptance of this Award by the Grantee, the shares of Restricted Stock so accepted shall be issued and held by the Company’s transfer agent in book entry form, and the Grantee’s name shall be entered as the shareholder of record on the books of the Company. Thereupon, the Grantee shall have all the rights of a shareholder with respect to such shares, including voting and dividend rights, subject, however, to the restrictions and conditions specified in Paragraph 2 below.

2. Restrictions and Conditions.

(a) Any book entries for the shares of Restricted Stock granted herein shall bear an appropriate legend, as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, to the effect that such shares are subject to restrictions as set forth herein and in the Plan.

(b) Shares of Restricted Stock granted herein may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of by the Grantee prior to vesting.

(c) If Grantee’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries is voluntarily or involuntarily terminated for any reason (including death) prior to vesting of shares of Restricted Stock granted herein, all non-vested shares shall be automatically forfeited to the Company.

3. Vesting of Restricted Stock. The restrictions and conditions in Paragraph 2 of this Agreement shall lapse on the Vesting Date or Dates specified in the following schedule. If a series of Vesting Dates is specified, then the restrictions and conditions in Paragraph 2 shall lapse only with respect to the number of shares of Restricted Stock specified as vested on such date.


Number of

Shares of Restricted Stock Vested

  

Vesting Date

  

Subsequent to such Vesting Date or Dates, the shares of Stock on which all restrictions and conditions have lapsed shall no longer be deemed Restricted Stock.

4. Dividends. Dividends on Shares of Restricted Stock shall be paid currently to the Grantee.

5. Incorporation of Plan. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Administrator set forth in Section 3 of the Plan. Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.

6. Transferability. This Agreement is personal to the Grantee, is non-assignable and is not transferable in any manner, by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

7. Tax Withholding. The Grantee shall, not later than the date as of which the receipt of this Award becomes a taxable event for Federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of any Federal, state, and local taxes required by law to be withheld on account of such taxable event. The Grantee may elect to have the required minimum tax withholding obligation satisfied, in whole or in part, by (i) authorizing the Company to withhold from shares of Stock to be issued, or (ii) transferring to the Company, a number of shares of Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value that would satisfy the withholding amount due.

8. Miscellaneous.

(a) Notice hereunder shall be given to the Company at its principal place of business, and shall be given to the Grantee at the address set forth below, or in either case at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.


(b) This Agreement does not confer upon the Grantee any rights with respect to continuation of employment by the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

MERCURY COMPUTER SYSTEMS, INC.
By:  

 

Title:  

The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned.

 

Dated:  

 

   

 

      Grantee’s Signature
      Grantee’s name and address:
Form of Deferred Stock Award Agreement under the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan

Exhibit 10.8.3

DEFERRED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

UNDER THE MERCURY COMPUTER SYSTEMS, INC.

2005 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

Name of Grantee:

No. of Phantom Stock Units Granted:

Grant Date:

Pursuant to the Mercury Computer Systems, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) as amended through the date hereof, Mercury Computer Systems, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby grants a deferred stock award consisting of the number of phantom stock units listed above (an “Award”) to the Grantee named above. Each “phantom stock unit” shall relate to one share of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Stock”) of the Company specified above, subject to the restrictions and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan.

1. Restrictions on Transfer of Award. The Award shall not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of by the Grantee, until (i) the phantom stock units have vested as provided in Section 2 of this Agreement, and (ii) shares have been issued pursuant to Section 4 of this Agreement.

2. Vesting of Phantom Stock Units. The phantom stock units shall vest in accordance with the schedule set forth below, provided in each case that the Grantee is then, and since the Grant Date has continuously been, employed by the Company or its Subsidiaries.

 

Incremental (Aggregate)

Number of

Phantom Stock Units Vested

  

Vesting Date

  
  
  
  
  

3. Forfeiture. In the event the Grantee’s employment is terminated prior to the applicable vesting dates, all phantom stock units that have not previously been vested on such dates shall be immediately forfeited to the Company.

4. Receipt of Shares of Stock.

(a) As soon as practicable following each vesting date, the Company shall direct its transfer agent to issue to the Grantee in book entry form the number of shares of Stock equal to the number of phantom stock units credited to the Grantee that have vested pursuant to Section 2 of this Agreement on such date in satisfaction of such phantom stock units.

(b) In each instance above, the issuance of shares of Stock shall be subject to the payment by the Grantee by cash or other means acceptable to the Company of any federal,


state, local and other applicable taxes required to be withheld in connection with such issuance in accordance with Section 7 of this Agreement. The Grantee understands that once shares have been delivered by book entry to the Grantee in respect of the phantom stock units, the Grantee will be free to sell such shares of Stock, subject to applicable requirements of federal and state securities laws.

5. Incorporation of Plan. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Administrator set forth in Section 2(b) of the Plan. Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.

6. Transferability of this Agreement. This Agreement is personal to the Grantee, is non-assignable and is not transferable in any manner, by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

7. Tax Withholding. The Grantee shall, not later than the date as of which the receipt of this Award becomes a taxable event for Federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of any Federal, state, and local taxes required by law to be withheld on account of such taxable event. The Grantee may elect to have the required minimum tax withholding obligation satisfied, in whole or in part, by (i) authorizing the Company to withhold from shares of Stock to be issued, or (ii) transferring to the Company, a number of shares of Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value that would satisfy the withholding amount due.

8. Miscellaneous.

(a) Notice hereunder shall be given to the Company at its principal place of business, and shall be given to the Grantee at the address set forth below, or in either case at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.

(b) This Agreement does not confer upon the Grantee any rights with respect to continuation of employment by the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

MERCURY COMPUTER SYSTEMS, INC.
By:  

 

  Title:


The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned.

 

Dated:  

 

   

 

      Grantee’s Signature
      Grantee’s name and address:
     

 

     

 

     

 

Form of Change in Control Severance Agreement with Mark Aslett

Exhibit 10.9.1

CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT, dated as of August 16, 2011, is made by and between Mercury Computer Systems, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation with its principal offices at 201 Riverneck Road, Chelmsford, Massachusetts 01824 (the “Company”), and Mark Aslett (the “Executive”) residing in Winchester, Massachusetts 01890.

WHEREAS, the Company considers the establishment and maintenance of a sound and vital management to be essential to protecting and enhancing the best interests of the Company and its shareholders; and

WHEREAS, the Executive has made and is expected to make, due to the Executive’s intimate knowledge of the business and affairs of the Company, its policies, methods, personnel, and problems, a significant contribution to the profitability, growth, and financial strength of the Company; and

WHEREAS, the Company, as a publicly-held corporation, recognizes that the possibility of a Change in Control may exist, and that such possibility and the uncertainty and questions which it may raise among management may result in the departure or distraction of the Executive in the performance of the Executive’s duties, to the detriment of the Company and its shareholders; and

WHEREAS, it is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders to reinforce and encourage the continued attention and dedication of management personnel, including the Executive, to their assigned duties without distraction and to ensure the continued availability to the Company of the Executive in the event of a Change in Control;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and other respective covenants and agreements of the parties herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Defined Terms. The definitions of capitalized terms used in this Agreement are provided in Section 19.

2. Term of Agreement. Subject to physical execution by the Executive and a duly authorized officer of the Company, the term of this Agreement (the “Term”) shall commence on the date hereof and shall continue in effect through June 30, 2014; provided, however, that commencing on July 1, 2012 and each July 1 thereafter, the Term shall automatically be extended for one additional year unless, not later than September 30 of the preceding year, the Company or the Executive shall have given notice not to extend the Term; and further provided, however, that if a Change in Control shall have occurred during the Term, the Term shall expire no earlier than the last day of the twenty-fourth (24th) month following the month in which such Change in Control occurred.

3. Company’s Covenants Summarized. In order to induce the Executive to remain in the employ of the Company and in consideration of the Executive’s covenants in Section 4, the Company, under the conditions described herein, shall pay the Executive the Severance Payments and the other payments and benefits described herein. Except as provided in Section 9.1, no Severance Payments shall be payable under this Agreement unless there shall have been a Terminating Event following a Change in Control (or during a Potential Change in Control Period) and during the Term. This Agreement shall not be construed as creating an express or

 

Change in Control Severance Agreement


implied contract of employment and, except as otherwise agreed in writing between the Executive and the Company, the Executive shall not have any right to be retained in the employ of the Company.

4. The Executive’s Covenants. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, in the event of a Potential Change in Control, the Executive shall remain in the employ of the Company until the earliest of (i) the date of a Change in Control, (ii) the date of termination by the Executive of the Executive’s employment for Good Reason or by reason of death, Disability or Retirement, or (iii) the termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment for any reason.

5. Termination Following a Change in Control.

5.1 If the Executive fails to perform the Executive’s full-time duties with the Company following a Change in Control as a result of incapacity due to physical or mental illness, during any period when the Executive so fails to perform the Company shall pay the Base Salary to the Executive, together with all compensation and benefits payable to the Executive under the terms of any compensation or benefit plan, program or arrangement (other than the Company’s short- or long-term disability plan, as applicable, but including any bonus or incentive plan) maintained by the Company during such period, until the Executive resumes the full time performance of such duties or the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for Disability.

5.2 If the Executive’s employment shall be terminated for any reason following a Change in Control, the Company shall pay to the Executive within five (5) business days the sum of:

(A) All unpaid salary earned through the Date of Termination;

(B) All accrued but unused vacation earned through the Date of Termination;

(C) Reimbursement for (i) any unpaid, valid business expenses that were approved in accordance with Company policy and (ii) any payroll deductions not yet applied to the purchase of stock under the Company’s employee stock purchase plan pursuant to the terms of such plan. Any unpaid valid business expenses submitted for reimbursement no later than sixty (60) days following the Date of Termination shall be paid to the Executive in cash within ten (10) business days following such submission.

(D) all other compensation and benefits payable to the Executive through the Date of Termination under the terms of the Company’s compensation and benefit plans, programs or arrangements as in effect immediately prior to the Date of Termination or, if more favorable to the Executive, as in effect immediately prior to the first occurrence of an event or circumstance constituting Good Reason.

5.3 Except as expressly provided herein, if the Executive’s employment shall be terminated for any reason following a Change in Control, the Company shall pay to the Executive the Executive’s other normal post-termination compensation and benefits as such payments become due. Such post-termination compensation and benefits shall be determined

 

Change in Control Severance Agreement


under, and paid in accordance with, the Company’s retirement, insurance and other compensation or benefit plans, programs and arrangements as in effect immediately prior to the Date of Termination or, if more favorable to the Executive, as in effect immediately prior to the occurrence of the first event or circumstance constituting Good Reason.

6. Severance Payments and Benefits; Vesting of Stock Awards.

6.1 Severance. Subject to the Executive’s execution of and the effectiveness of a General Release in a form substantially the same as the release attached as Exhibit A hereto (the “Release”) within twenty-eight (28) days of the Date of Termination (if after a Change in Control), or within twenty-eight (28) days of the Change in Control (if during a Potential Change in Control Period), if a Terminating Event occurs within twenty-four (24) months following a Change in Control (or during a Potential Change in Control Period provided that a Change in Control takes place within 24 months thereafter) and during the Term, then the Company shall pay the Executive the amounts, and provide the Executive the benefits, described in this Section 6.1 (“Severance Payments”), in addition to any payments and benefits to which the Executive is entitled under Section 5. Subject to the provisions of Section 6.4 (“Section 409A”), the amounts set forth in subsections (A) and (B) of this Section 6.1 shall be paid in one lump sum payment no later than the thirtieth (30th) day following the Date of Termination provided, however, that if the Terminating Event is during a Potential Change in Control Period, or after the Change in Control but the Change in Control does not constitute a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company, within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, and the Executive otherwise has a contractual right to severance that is considered deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, such amount shall be paid in the same form (e.g., lump sum, salary continuation, etc.) as set forth in such contract beginning with the first payroll date that occurs thirty (30) days after the Date of Termination. Except as described above or in Section 9.1 (“Successors; Binding Agreement”), the Executive shall not be entitled to benefits pursuant to this Section 6.1 unless a Change in Control shall have occurred during the Term.

(A) The Company shall pay to the Executive a lump sum severance payment, in cash, equal two (2.0) times the sum of (i) the Base Salary, and (ii) the Target Bonus Amount in respect of the fiscal year in which the Date of Termination occurs (without giving effect to any event or circumstance constituting Good Reason), assuming for this purpose attainment of 100% of any applicable target;

(B) Either:

(i) In the case of Executives who do not receive sales commission-based variable compensation, (a) an amount equal to the Executive’s bonus for any fiscal year ended prior to the year of termination, to the extent such bonus has not already been paid (whether due to deferral or otherwise), calculated in accordance with the associated bonus plan (provided that any portion of such bonus that is discretionary shall be paid using the assumption that Executive has satisfied all individual performance requirements necessary for full payment of any discretionary portion of such bonus), plus (b) an amount equal to the Executive’s Target Bonus Amount multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days elapsed between the beginning of such fiscal year and the date of termination reduced by any periods (expressed in days) for which amounts under such incentive bonus arrangement have already been paid in such year, and the denominator of which is 365; or

 

Change in Control Severance Agreement


(ii) In the case of Executives who receive sales commission-based variable compensation, an amount equal to (a) the Executive’s sales commission-based variable compensation for any fiscal year ended prior to the year of termination, to the extent such sales commission-based variable compensation has not already been paid (whether due to deferral or otherwise), plus (b) the target amount of sales commission-based variable compensation that could be earned by such Executive during the current fiscal year multiplied times a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days elapsed between the beginning of such fiscal year and the date of termination and the denominator of which is 365, reduced by the amount by which such incentive sales commission-based variable compensation is already payable or has already been paid in respect of such fiscal year;

(C) To the extent that the Company’s Annual Executive Bonus Plan or any successor plan in existence on the date the Executive’s employment is terminated calls for the potential payment of an award attributable to “over-achievement” performance goals (i.e., requiring the achievement of goals that exceed or are in addition to the goals required for the Executive to receive the target annual bonus) and the Company pays over-achievement bonuses to executives for the fiscal year in which Executive’s employment terminates, the Company shall pay to Executive a lump sum amount equal to the over-achievement bonus for such fiscal year that would have been paid to Executive had he or she been employed by the Company on the date that such over-achievement bonuses are first paid to other participants in such bonus plan. Said amount shall be paid to Executive not later than the date that such over-achievement bonuses are first paid to other participants in said bonus plan;

(D) For the twenty-four (24) month period immediately following the Date of Termination, the Company shall arrange to provide the Executive and his dependents health and dental insurance benefits comparable in all material respects to those in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control, on the same terms and conditions as though the Executive had remained an active employee. The cost of providing the benefits set forth in this Section 6.1(D) shall be in addition to (and shall not reduce) the Severance Payments; provided, that if the plan or program in question, or applicable law, provides for a longer period of coverage following termination of employment, then the Executive shall receive this additional period of coverage pursuant to the terms and conditions as set forth in the plan or program or as prescribed by applicable law. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this subsection, if the Executive becomes reemployed by another employer and is eligible (together with his or her dependents) for medical or dental insurance coverage that is substantially equivalent (as to extent of coverage and Executive’s cost) to the coverage of the same type that he or she (and his or her dependents) were entitled to receive under this subsection, the Company’s obligation to the Executive and his or her dependents under this subsection shall cease with respect to that type of coverage; and

(E) The Company shall pay the cost of providing the Executive with outplacement services up to a maximum of $45,000, provided that (i) the Executive begins to utilize such services within six months following the Date of Termination and completes the

 

Change in Control Severance Agreement


utilization of such services no later than the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year that contains the Date of Termination, and (ii) such services are provided by an outplacement provider approved by the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned). Such payment shall be made by the Company directly to the service provider promptly following the provision of such services and the presentation to the Company of documentation of the provision of such services.

6.2 Vesting of Stock Awards. Subject to the Executive’s execution of the Release and the effectiveness of the Release within twenty-eight (28) days of the Date of Termination, if a Terminating Event occurs during a Potential Change in Control Period or within twenty-four (24) months following a Change in Control and in either case during the Term, anything contained in any applicable option agreement or stock-based award agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, vesting of all stock options and other stock-based awards (other than any award under the Company’s Employee Stock Purchase Program) granted to the Executive by the Company and outstanding immediately prior to such Terminating Event shall immediately accelerate and all such awards shall become fully vested and exercisable effective immediately prior to the Date of Termination.

6.3 Best Net Benefit Limitation.

(A) Anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if any of the payments or benefits received or to be received by the Executive (whether pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other plan, arrangement or agreement with the Company, any Person whose actions result in a Change in Control or any Person affiliated with the Company or such Person) (all such payments and benefits being hereinafter referred to as the “Total Payments”) will be subject to the Excise Tax, the following provisions shall apply:

(i) If the Total Payments, reduced by the sum of (a) the Excise Tax and (b) the total of the Federal, state, and local income and employment taxes payable by the Executive on the amount of the Total Payments which are in excess of the Threshold Amount, are greater than or equal to the Threshold Amount, the Executive shall be entitled to the full benefits payable under this Agreement.

(ii) If the Threshold Amount is less than (a) the Total Payments, but greater than (b) the Total Payments reduced by the sum of (1) the Excise Tax and (2) the total of the Federal, state and local income and employment taxes on the amount of the Total Payments which are in excess of the Threshold Amount, then the benefits payable under this Agreement shall be reduced (but not below zero) to the extent necessary so that the maximum Total Payments shall not exceed the Threshold Amount. In such event, the Executive will be permitted to request which component items of the Payment will be reduced, provided, however, that the Executive must provide to the Company in writing his or her request within a reasonable time period established by the Company and the Company must in its discretion consent to such request (said consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned) and absent such a request, the Company shall make its own determinations with respect to which items of the Total Payments are to be reduced. To the extent any payment is to be made over time (e.g., in installments), then the payments shall be reduced in reverse chronological order.

 

Change in Control Severance Agreement


(B) The determination as to which of the alternative provisions of subsection (A) above shall apply to the Executive shall be made by a nationally recognized accounting firm selected by the Company (the “Accounting Firm”), which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive within fifteen (15) business days of the Date of Termination, if applicable, or at such earlier time as is reasonably requested by the Company or the Executive. For purposes of determining which of the alternative provisions of subsection (A) above shall apply, the Executive shall be deemed to pay Federal income taxes at the highest marginal rate of Federal income taxation applicable to individuals for the calendar year in which the determination is to be made, and state and local income taxes at the highest marginal rates of individual taxation in the state and locality of the Executive’s residence on the Date of Termination, net of the maximum reduction in Federal income taxes which could be obtained from deduction of such state and local taxes. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Executive.

6.4 Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that any payment or benefit described in this Agreement constitutes “non-qualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, and to the extent that such payment or benefit is payable upon the Executive’s termination of employment, then such payments or benefits shall only be payable upon the Executive’s “Separation from Service.” The term “Separation from Service” shall mean the Executive’s “separation from service” from the Company, an affiliate of the Company or a successor entity within the meaning set forth in Section 409A of the Code, determined in accordance with the presumptions set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h). If the Executive is considered a “specified employee,” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code on his Date of Termination and severance payable hereunder is considered deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code, no severance payments will be paid during the six-month period following the Executive’s Separation from Service. Any severance amount that would have been paid during such six-month period but for the provisions of the preceding sentence shall be paid in a lump sum within the first five (5) days of the seventh month following the Executive’s Separation from Service. If any such delayed cash payment is otherwise payable on an installment basis, the first payment shall include a catch-up payment covering amounts that would otherwise have been paid during the six-month period but for the application of this provision, and the balance of the installments shall be payable in accordance with their original schedule.

6.5 Source of Payment. Nothing herein shall be construed as establishing a trust or as requiring the Company to set aside funds to meet its obligations hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Board in its sole discretion so determines the Company may establish a so-called “rabbi trust” or similar arrangement to assist it in meeting any such obligations that it may have.

7. Termination Procedures and Compensation During Dispute.

7.1 Notice of Termination. After a Change in Control, any purported termination of the Executive’s employment (other than by reason of death) shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination from one party hereto to the other party hereto in accordance with Section 10 (“Notices”). For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of

 

Change in Control Severance Agreement


Termination” shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail any facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated. Further, a Notice of Termination for Cause is required to include a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than two-thirds (2/3) of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board which was called and held for the purpose of considering such termination (after reasonable notice to the Executive and an opportunity for the Executive, together with the Executive’s counsel, to be heard before the Board) finding that, in the good faith opinion of the Board, the Executive was guilty of conduct set forth in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of the definition of Cause herein, and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

7.2 Date of Termination. “Date of Termination,” with respect to any purported termination of the Executive’s employment after a Change in Control, shall mean (i) if the Executive’s employment is terminated for Disability, thirty (30) days after Notice of Termination is given (provided that the Executive shall not have returned to the full-time performance of the Executive’s duties during such thirty (30) day period), and (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated for any other reason, the date specified in the Notice of Termination (which, in the case of a termination by the Company, shall not be less than fifteen (15) days (except in the case of a termination for Cause) and, in the case of a termination by the Executive, shall not be less than fifteen (15) days, respectively, from the date such Notice of Termination is given). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Executive gives a Notice of Termination to the Company, the Company may unilaterally accelerate the Date of Termination and such acceleration shall not result in a “Termination by the Company” for purposes of this Agreement.

7.3 Dispute Concerning Termination. If within ten (10) days after any Notice of Termination is given, or, if later, prior to the Date of Termination (as determined without regard to this Section 7.3), the party receiving such Notice of Termination notifies the other party that a dispute exists concerning the termination, the Date of Termination, and if necessary to accommodate extension of the Date of Termination, the Term, shall be extended until the date on which the dispute is finally resolved, either by mutual written agreement of the parties or by a final judgment, order or decree of an arbitrator or a court of competent jurisdiction (which is not appealable or with respect to which the time for appeal therefrom has expired and no appeal has been perfected); provided, however, that the Date of Termination shall be extended by a notice of dispute given by the Executive only if such notice is given in good faith and the Executive pursues the resolution of such dispute with reasonable diligence.

7.4 Compensation During Dispute. If the Date of Termination is extended in accordance with Section 7.3 (“Dispute Concerning Termination”), the Company shall continue to pay the Executive the full amount of the highest compensation in effect at any time from the date immediately prior to the Change in Control through the date when the notice giving rise to the dispute was given (including, but not limited to, the Base Salary) and continue the Executive as a participant in all compensation, benefit and insurance plans in which the Executive was participating when the notice giving rise to the dispute was given, until the Date of Termination, as determined in accordance with Section 7.3. Amounts paid under this Section 7.4 are in addition to all other amounts due under this Agreement (other than those due under Section 5 (“Termination Following a Change in Control”)) and shall not be offset against or reduce any other amounts due under this Agreement.

 

Change in Control Severance Agreement


7.5 Legal Fees and Expenses. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Executive from and against, and shall pay to the Executive, all reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred by the Executive in disputing in good faith any issue relating to this Agreement or the enforcement thereof, including but not limited to issues relating to the termination of the Executive’s employment, in seeking in good faith to obtain or enforce any benefit or right provided by this Agreement or in connection with any tax audit or proceeding to the extent attributable to the application of Section 4999 of the Code to any payment or benefit provided hereunder. Such payments shall be made within five (5) business days after delivery of the Executive’s written requests for payment accompanied with such evidence of fees and expenses incurred as the Company reasonably may require.

8. No Mitigation. If the Executive’s employment with the Company terminates following a Change in Control, the Executive is not required to seek other employment or to attempt in any way to reduce any amounts payable to the Executive by the Company pursuant to Section 6 (“Severance Payments and Benefits; Vesting of Stock Awards”) or Section 7.4 (“Compensation During Dispute”). Except as set forth in Subsection 6.1(D), the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in this Agreement shall not be reduced by any compensation earned by the Executive as the result of employment by another employer, by retirement benefits, by offset against any amount claimed to be owed by the Executive to the Company, or otherwise.

9. Successors; Binding Agreement.

9.1 In addition to any obligations imposed by law upon any successor to the Company, the Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. Failure of the Company to obtain such assumption and agreement prior to the effectiveness of any such succession shall be a breach of this Agreement and shall entitle the Executive to compensation from the Company in the same amount and on the same terms as the Executive would be entitled to hereunder if the Executive were to terminate the Executive’s employment for Good Reason after a Change in Control and during the Term, except that, for purposes of implementing the foregoing, the date on which any such succession becomes effective shall be deemed the Date of Termination.

9.2 This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If the Executive shall die while any amount would still be payable to the Executive hereunder (other than amounts which, by their terms, terminate upon the death of the Executive) if the Executive had continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to the Executive’s beneficiary designated in writing to the Company prior to his death (or to the executors, personal representatives or administrators of the Executive’s estate, if the Executive fails to make such designation).

10. Notices. For the purpose of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in the Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the last known residence address of the Executive or in the case of

 

Change in Control Severance Agreement


the Company, to its principal office to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company with a copy to its Secretary, or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notice of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

11. Effect on Other Plans. An election by the Executive to resign for Good Reason after a Change in Control (or during a Potential Change in Control Period) under the provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed a voluntary termination of employment by the Executive for the purpose of interpreting the provisions of any of the Company’s benefit plans, programs or policies. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to limit the rights of the Executive under the Company’s benefit plans, programs or policies except as otherwise provided in Section 6.3 (“Best Net Benefit Limitation”) hereof, and except that the Executive shall have no rights to any severance benefits under any Company severance pay plan or arrangement (other than this Agreement) in connection with the occurrence of a Terminating Event within twenty-four (24) months following a Change in Control and during the Term, and if the Executive is party to an employment agreement with the Company providing for change in control or severance payments or benefits (whether or not related to a Change in Control), the Executive will receive the benefits payable under this Agreement and not under the employment agreement. In the event that (i) a Terminating Event occurs during a Potential Change in Control Period and (ii) the Executive receives severance payments pursuant to an employment agreement or any Company severance pay plan or arrangement (other than this Agreement) in connection with the occurrence of a Terminating Event, then any severance payments subsequently payable pursuant to this Agreement shall be reduced by the amount of the severance payments previously made by the Company pursuant to such other program, plan or agreement, and thereafter Executive shall receive severance payments and other benefits solely pursuant to this Agreement.

12. No Offset. Except as expressly provided in Section 11 (“Effect on Other Plans”), the Company’s obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise perform its obligations hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstances, including, without limitation, any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which the Company or any of its affiliates may have against the Executive or others whether by reason of the Executive’s breach of this Agreement, subsequent employment of the Executive, or otherwise.

13. Miscellaneous. No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Executive and such officer as may be specifically designated by the Board. No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of, or of any lack of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. This Agreement supersedes any other agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof which have been made by either party; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not supersede any agreement setting forth the terms and conditions of the Executive’s employment with the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, except as expressly agreed to by the Executive and the Company in writing. The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts without regard to provisions or principles thereof relating to conflicts of laws. All

 

Change in Control Severance Agreement


references to sections of the Exchange Act or the Code shall be deemed also to refer to any successor provisions to such sections. Any payments provided for hereunder shall be paid net of any applicable withholding required under federal, state or local law and any additional withholding to which the Executive has agreed. The respective obligations of the Company and the Executive under this Agreement which by their nature may require either partial or total performance after the expiration of the Term (including, without limitation, those under Sections 6, 7 and 17) shall survive such expiration.

14. Validity. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

15. Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all other prior or contemporaneous agreements and understandings, inducements or conditions, express or implied, oral or written, between Executive and the Company relating to the subject matter of the Agreement. All such other prior or contemporaneous agreements and understandings, inducements or conditions shall be deemed terminated effective immediately.

16. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

17. Settlement of Disputes; Arbitration.

17.1 All claims by the Executive for payments and benefits under this Agreement prior to a Change in Control shall be directed to and determined in the first instance by the Board and shall be in writing. Any denial by the Board of a claim for benefits under this Agreement shall be delivered to the Executive in writing and shall set forth the specific reasons for the denial and the specific provisions of this Agreement relied upon. The Board shall afford a reasonable opportunity to the Executive for a review of the decision denying a claim and shall further allow the Executive to appeal to the Board a decision of the Board within sixty (60) days after notification by the Board that the Executive’s claim has been denied, such appeal to be resolved not less than 15 days after submission thereof by the Executive.

17.2 Any dispute that remains unresolved after the procedure set forth in Section 16.1, and any other dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration in Boston, Massachusetts in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect; provided, however, that the evidentiary standards set forth in this Agreement shall apply. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Executive shall be entitled to specific performance of the Executive’s right to be paid during the pendency of any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement.

18. Litigation and Regulatory Cooperation. During and after the Executive’s employment, the Executive shall cooperate reasonably with the Company in the defense or prosecution of any claims or actions now in existence or which may be brought in the future against or on behalf of the Company which relate to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Company, other than claims relating to this agreement or which are made by the Company and are or may be adverse to the Executive. The Executive’s

 

Change in Control Severance Agreement


full cooperation in connection with such claims or actions shall include, but not be limited to, being available to meet with counsel to prepare for discovery or trial, to act as a witness on behalf of the Company, and if called to testify, to testify truthfully and in good faith about events that happened during the Executive’s employment. During and after the Executive’s employment, the Executive also shall cooperate fully with the Company in connection with any investigation or review of any federal, state or local regulatory authority as any such investigation or review relates to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Company. The Company shall make reasonable efforts to schedule any cooperation required pursuant to this Section 17 at such times that will not unreasonably interfere with the Executive’s search for other employment or performance of other employment services. The Company shall reimburse the Executive for reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the Executive’s performance of obligations pursuant to this Section 17 based on the standards and procedures applicable to expense reimbursement for the Company’s employees.

19. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below:

19.1 “Base Salary” shall mean the annual base salary in effect for the Executive immediately prior to the Terminating Event or, if higher, his or her annual base salary as determined immediately prior to the Change in Control).

19.2 “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

19.3 “Cause” for termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment shall mean (i) the willful and continued failure by the Executive (other than any such failure resulting from (A) the Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness, (B) any such actual or anticipated failure after the issuance of a Notice of Termination by the Executive for Good Reason or (C) the Company’s active or passive obstruction of the performance of the Executive’s duties and responsibilities) to perform substantially the duties and responsibilities of the Executive’s position with the Company after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Executive by the Board, which demand specifically identifies the manner in which the Board believes that the Executive has not substantially performed such duties or responsibilities; (ii) the conviction of the Executive by a court of competent jurisdiction for felony criminal conduct or a plea of nolo contendere to a felony; or (iii) the willful engaging by the Executive in fraud, dishonesty or other misconduct which is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company or its reputation, monetarily or otherwise. No act, or failure to act, on the Executive’s part shall be deemed “willful” unless committed, or omitted by the Executive in bad faith and without reasonable belief that the Executive’s act or failure to act was in, or not opposed to, the best interest of the Company.

19.4 A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if any of the events set forth in any one of the following paragraphs shall have occurred:

(A) any Person, together with all “affiliates” and “associates” (as such terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act) of such Person, shall become the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing thirty percent (30%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities having the right to vote in an election of the Company’s Board (“Voting Securities”) (in such case other than as a result of an acquisition of securities directly from the Company or an acquisition of securities involving a Corporate Transaction of the type described in the exclusion set forth in subsection (C) below); or

 

Change in Control Severance Agreement


(B) persons who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason, including, without limitation, as a result of a tender offer, proxy contest, merger or similar transaction, to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director of the Company subsequent to the date hereof shall be considered an Incumbent Director if such person’s election was approved by or such person was nominated for election by either (i) a vote of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors or (ii) a vote of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors who are members of a nominating committee comprised, in the majority, of Incumbent Directors; but provided further, that any such person whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of members of the Board or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board, including by reason of agreement intended to avoid or settle any such actual or threatened contest or solicitation, shall not be considered an Incumbent Director; or

(C) the consummation of a consolidation, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a “Corporate Transaction”); excluding, however, a Corporate Transaction in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to the Corporate Transaction, would, immediately after the Corporate Transaction, beneficially own (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, shares representing in the aggregate more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting shares of the corporation issuing cash or securities in the Corporate Transaction (or of its ultimate parent corporation, if any).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a “Change in Control” of the Company shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of the foregoing subsection (A) solely as the result of an acquisition of securities by the Company that, by reducing the number of shares of Voting Securities outstanding, increases the proportionate number of shares of Voting Securities beneficially owned by any Person to thirty percent (30%) or more of the combined voting power of all then outstanding Voting Securities; provided, however, that if any Person referred to in this sentence shall thereafter become the beneficial owner of any additional shares of Voting Securities (other than pursuant to a stock split, stock dividend, or similar transaction or as a result of an acquisition of securities directly from the Company) and immediately thereafter beneficially owns thirty percent (30%) or more of the combined voting power of all then outstanding Voting Securities, then a Change in Control of the Company shall be deemed to have occurred for purposes of the foregoing subsection (A).

Anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, no Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred for purposes of this Agreement by virtue of any transaction which results in the Executive, or a “group” (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) which includes the Executive, becoming the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing thirty percent (30%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

19.5 “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

Change in Control Severance Agreement


19.6 “Company” shall mean Mercury Computer Systems, Inc. and, except in determining under Section 18.4 whether or not any Change in Control of the Company has occurred, shall include any successor to its business and/or assets which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law, or otherwise.

19.7 “Date of Termination” (i) with respect to any purported termination of the Executive’s employment after a Change in Control, shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.2 and (ii) with respect to the termination of the Executive’s employment during a Potential Change in Control Period, shall mean the date upon which the Executive or the Company provides notice to the other of the Terminating Event or, if later, the date of effectiveness of such Terminating Event as specified in such notice.

19.8 “Disability” shall be deemed the reason for the termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment, if, as a result of the Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness, the Executive shall have been absent from the full-time performance of the Executive’s duties with the Company for a period of one hundred eighty (180) calendar days in the aggregate in any twelve (12) month period, the Company shall have given the Executive a Notice of Termination for Disability, and, within thirty (30) days after such Notice of Termination is given, the Executive shall not have returned to the full-time performance of the Executive’s duties. Any question as to the existence of the Executive’s Disability upon which the Executive and the Company cannot agree shall be determined by a qualified independent physician selected by the Executive (or, if the Executive is unable to make such selection, it shall be made by any adult member of the Executive’s immediate family), and approved by the Company. The determination of such physician made in writing to the Company and to the Executive shall be final and conclusive for all purposes of this Agreement, absent fraud.

19.9 “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

19.10 “Excise Tax” shall mean any excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code, and any interest or penalties incurred by the Executive with respect to such excise tax.

19.11 “Executive” shall mean the individual named in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

19.12 “Good Reason” for termination by the Executive of the Executive’s employment shall mean the occurrence (without the Executive’s express written consent) after any Change in Control, or during a Potential Change in Control Period (treating all references in subsections (A) through (F) below to a “Change in Control” as including references to a “Potential Change in Control”), of any one of the following acts by the Company, or failures by the Company to act, unless, in the case of any act or failure to act described in subsection (A), (B), (C), (D) or (E) below, such act or failure to act is corrected prior to the Date of Termination specified in the Notice of Termination given in respect thereof:

(A) an adverse change in the Executive’s status, position, title, reporting relationship, authority, duties or responsibilities with the Company as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control, including, without limitation, any adverse change as a result of a diminution of the Executive’s duties or responsibilities or the assignment to the Executive of any duties or responsibilities which are inconsistent with such status or position(s), or any removal of the Executive from, or any failure to reappoint or reelect the Executive to, such position(s);

 

Change in Control Severance Agreement


(B) a reduction in the Executive’s Base Salary;

(C) the failure of the Company to maintain the Executive’s participation in a bonus or incentive plan that provides for an annual target bonus not lower than the Executive’s Target Bonus Amount (at a payout factor of one) for the fiscal year in which the Change in Control occurs, including but not limited to any reduction in the reasonable ability of the participant to achieve the targets in relation to the Company’s then effective operating plan;

(D) the failure by the Company to maintain the Executive’s participation in any thrift, pension, profit sharing, medical, health, disability, accident, life insurance and vacation plan or policy on terms and with benefits, individually and in the aggregate, not less favorable than those provided by the Company immediately prior to the Change in Control;

(E) the Company requiring the Executive to be based at an office that is greater than 30 miles from where the Executive’s office is located immediately prior to the Change in Control except for required travel on the Company’s business to an extent substantially consistent with the business travel obligations which the Executive undertook on behalf of the Company prior to the Change in Control;

(F) any purported termination of the Executive’s employment which is not effected pursuant to a Notice of Termination satisfying the requirements of Section 7.1; for purposes of this Agreement, no such purported termination shall be effective.

The Executive’s right to terminate the Executive’s employment for Good Reason shall not be affected by the Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness. The Executive’s continued employment shall not constitute consent to, or a waiver of rights with respect to, any act or failure to act constituting Good Reason hereunder.

For purposes of any determination regarding the existence of Good Reason, any claim by the Executive that Good Reason exists shall be presumed to be correct unless the Company establishes to the Board by clear and convincing evidence that Good Reason does not exist.

19.13 “Notice of Termination” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.

19.14 “Person” shall have the meaning given in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as modified and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, except that such term shall not include (i) the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any trustee, fiduciary or other person or entity holding securities under any employee benefit plan or trustee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

19.15 “Potential Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if the event set forth in any one of the following subsections shall have occurred:

(A) the Company enters into an agreement, the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of a Change in Control;

(B) the Company or any Person publicly announces an intention to take or to consider taking actions which, if consummated, would constitute a Change in Control;

(C) any Person becomes the beneficial owner (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 15% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; or

 

Change in Control Severance Agreement


(D) the Board adopts a resolution to the effect that, for purposes of this Agreement, a Potential Change in Control has occurred.

19.16 “Potential Change in Control Period” shall commence upon the occurrence of a Potential Change in Control and shall lapse upon the occurrence of a Change in Control or, if earlier (i) with respect to a Potential Change in Control occurring pursuant to Section 18.15(A), immediately upon the abandonment or termination of the applicable agreement, (ii) with respect to a Potential Change in Control occurring pursuant to Section 18.15(B), immediately upon a public announcement by the applicable party that such party has abandoned its intention to take or consider taking actions which if consummated would result in a Change in Control or (iii) with respect to a Potential Change in Control occurring pursuant to Section 18.15(C) or (D), upon the one year anniversary of the occurrence of a Potential Change in Control (or such earlier date as may be determined by the Board).

19.17 “Retirement” shall be deemed the reason for the termination by the Executive of the Executive’s employment if such employment is terminated because of the Executive’s retirement on or after attaining the minimum age, completing the minimum number of years of service and satisfying all other conditions specified for retirement status under the Company’s Retirement Policy Statement.

19.18 “Severance Payments” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.

19.19 “Target Bonus Amount” shall mean the sum of (i) the target annual bonus set forth in writing and available to the Executive immediately prior to the Change in Control (or, if higher, the Executive’s target annual bonus for the fiscal year in which the Date of Termination occurs) under the Company’s Annual Executive Bonus Plan or any successor plan, excluding any portion of such target annual bonus or any other award thereunder attributable to “over-achievement” performance goals (i.e., requiring the achievement of goals that exceed or are in addition to the goals required for the Executive to receive the target annual bonus) approved by the Compensation Committee or the Board, and (ii) the target annual bonus set forth in writing and available to the Executive upon the satisfaction of any individual performance objectives approved by the Compensation Committee or the Board for the Executive as part of a “management-by-results” process (i.e., MBRs).

19.20 “Term” shall mean the period of time described in Section 2 (including any extension, continuation or termination described therein).

19.21 “Terminating Event” shall mean termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company, other than (a) by the Company for Cause, (b) by reason of death or Disability, or (c) by the Executive without Good Reason.

19.22 “Threshold Amount” shall mean three times the Executive’s “base amount” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder, less one dollar ($1.00).

19.23 “Total Payments” shall mean those payments so described in Section 6.3.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

Change in Control Severance Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned officer, on behalf of Mercury Computer Systems, Inc., and the Executive have hereunto set their hands as an agreement under seal, all as of the date first above written.

 

MERCURY COMPUTER SYSTEMS, INC.
By:  

 

  Robert E. Hult
  Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Treasurer
EXECUTIVE:

 

Name: Mark Aslett

 

Change in Control Severance Agreement


Exhibit A

General Release of Claims

In exchange for and as a condition to Mercury Computer Systems, Inc.’s (the “Company”) promises to me contained in the Change in Control Severance Agreement between the Company and me (the “Agreement”), I agree as follows:

I hereby irrevocably and unconditionally release, acquit and forever discharge the Company, its predecessors, successors, affiliates, other related entities and assigns, and the directors, officers, employees, shareholders, and representatives of any of the foregoing, and any persons acting on behalf or through any of the foregoing (any and all of whom or which are hereinafter referred to as the “Company”), from any and all charges, complaints, claims, liabilities, obligations, promises, agreements, controversies, damages, actions, causes of action, suits, rights, demands, costs, losses, debts and expenses (including attorney’s fees and costs actually incurred), of any nature whatsoever, known or unknown (collectively, “Claims”), that I now have, own, or hold, or claim to have, own, or hold, or that I at any time had, owned, or held, or claimed to have had, owned or held against the Company. This general release of Claims includes, without implication of limitation, the complete release of all Claims of breach of express or implied contract, including, without limitation, all Claims arising from any employment offer letter from the Company; all Claims of wrongful termination of employment whether in contract or tort; all Claims based on actions or omissions leading to this General Release of Claims; all Claims of intentional, reckless, or negligent infliction of emotional distress; all Claims of breach of any express or implied covenant of employment, including the covenant of good faith and fair dealing; all Claims of interference with contractual or advantageous relations, whether those relations are prospective or existing; all Claims of deceit or misrepresentation; all Claims of discrimination under state or federal law, including, without implication of limitation, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 42 U.S.C. § 2000e et seq., as amended, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, 29 U.S.C. § 621 et seq., as amended, and Chapter 151B of the Massachusetts General Laws; all Claims of defamation or damage to reputation; all Claims for reinstatement; all Claims for punitive or emotional distress damages; all Claims for wages, bonuses, severance, back or front pay or other forms of compensation; and all Claims for attorney’s fees and costs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this General Release of Claims shall not be construed to include a release of Claims that arise from or relate to the Company’s obligations under the Agreement.

I acknowledge that I have been advised to consult with an attorney before signing this General Release.

I further understand that I have been given an adequate opportunity, if I so desired, to consider this General Release for up to twenty-one (21) days before deciding whether to sign it. If I signed this General Release before the expiration of that twenty-one (21) day period, I acknowledge that such decision was entirely voluntary. I understand that for a period of seven (7) days after I execute this General Release I have the right to revoke it by a written notice to be received by the Director, Human Resources of the Company by the end of that period. I also understand that this General Release shall not be effective or enforceable until the expiration of that period.

 

General Release of Claims


Notwithstanding the foregoing, I agree that nothing in this General Release of Claims is intended to affect any of my obligations that continue after the termination of my employment contained in the Agreement or in any written agreement entered into between the Company and me with respect to confidentiality, ownership of inventions, non-competition and/or non-solicitation.

I represent and agree that I have carefully read and fully understand all of the provisions of this General Release and that I am voluntarily agreeing to such provisions.

 

 

Date:  

 

 

General Release of Claims

Form of Change in Control Severance Agreement with Non-CEO Executives

Exhibit 10.9.2

CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT, dated as of August 16, 2011, is made by and between Mercury Computer Systems, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation with its principal offices at 201 Riverneck Road, Chelmsford, Massachusetts 01824 (the “Company”), and                                  [Name of Executive] (the “Executive”) residing in                                  [City, State, Zip].

WHEREAS, the Company considers the establishment and maintenance of a sound and vital management to be essential to protecting and enhancing the best interests of the Company and its shareholders; and

WHEREAS, the Executive has made and is expected to make, due to the Executive’s intimate knowledge of the business and affairs of the Company, its policies, methods, personnel, and problems, a significant contribution to the profitability, growth, and financial strength of the Company; and

WHEREAS, the Company, as a publicly-held corporation, recognizes that the possibility of a Change in Control may exist, and that such possibility and the uncertainty and questions which it may raise among management may result in the departure or distraction of the Executive in the performance of the Executive’s duties, to the detriment of the Company and its shareholders; and

WHEREAS, it is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders to reinforce and encourage the continued attention and dedication of management personnel, including the Executive, to their assigned duties without distraction and to ensure the continued availability to the Company of the Executive in the event of a Change in Control;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and other respective covenants and agreements of the parties herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Defined Terms. The definitions of capitalized terms used in this Agreement are provided in Section 19.

2. Term of Agreement. Subject to physical execution by the Executive and a duly authorized officer of the Company, the term of this Agreement (the “Term”) shall commence on the date hereof and shall continue in effect through June 30, 2014; provided, however, that commencing on July 1, 2012 and each July 1 thereafter, the Term shall automatically be extended for one additional year unless, not later than September 30 of the preceding year, the Company or the Executive shall have given notice not to extend the Term; and further provided, however, that if a Change in Control shall have occurred during the Term, the Term shall expire no earlier than the last day of the eighteen (18th) month following the month in which such Change in Control occurred.

3. Company’s Covenants Summarized. In order to induce the Executive to remain in the employ of the Company and in consideration of the Executive’s covenants in Section 4, the Company, under the conditions described herein, shall pay the Executive the Severance Payments and the other payments and benefits described herein. Except as provided in Section 9.1, no Severance Payments shall be payable under this Agreement unless there shall have been a Terminating Event following a Change in Control (or during a Potential Change in Control

 

Change in Control Severance Agreement


Period) and during the Term. This Agreement shall not be construed as creating an express or implied contract of employment and, except as otherwise agreed in writing between the Executive and the Company, the Executive shall not have any right to be retained in the employ of the Company.

4. The Executive’s Covenants. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, in the event of a Potential Change in Control, the Executive shall remain in the employ of the Company until the earliest of (i) the date of a Change in Control, (ii) the date of termination by the Executive of the Executive’s employment for Good Reason or by reason of death, Disability or Retirement, or (iii) the termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment for any reason.

5. Termination Following a Change in Control.

5.1 If the Executive fails to perform the Executive’s full-time duties with the Company following a Change in Control as a result of incapacity due to physical or mental illness, during any period when the Executive so fails to perform the Company shall pay the Base Salary to the Executive, together with all compensation and benefits payable to the Executive under the terms of any compensation or benefit plan, program or arrangement (other than the Company’s short- or long-term disability plan, as applicable, but including any bonus or incentive plan) maintained by the Company during such period, until the Executive resumes the full time performance of such duties or the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for Disability.

5.2 If the Executive’s employment shall be terminated for any reason following a Change in Control, the Company shall pay to the Executive within five (5) business days the sum of:

(A) All unpaid salary earned through the Date of Termination;

(B) All accrued but unused vacation earned through the Date of Termination;

(C) Reimbursement for (i) any unpaid, valid business expenses that were approved in accordance with Company policy and (ii) any payroll deductions not yet applied to the purchase of stock under the Company’s employee stock purchase plan pursuant to the terms of such plan. Any unpaid valid business expenses submitted for reimbursement no later than sixty (60) days following the Date of Termination shall be paid to the Executive in cash within ten (10) business days following such submission.

(D) all other compensation and benefits payable to the Executive through the Date of Termination under the terms of the Company’s compensation and benefit plans, programs or arrangements as in effect immediately prior to the Date of Termination or, if more favorable to the Executive, as in effect immediately prior to the first occurrence of an event or circumstance constituting Good Reason.

5.3 Except as expressly provided herein, if the Executive’s employment shall be terminated for any reason following a Change in Control, the Company shall pay to the Executive the Executive’s other normal post-termination compensation and benefits as such payments become due. Such post-termination compensation and benefits shall be determined

 

Change in Control Severance Agreement


under, and paid in accordance with, the Company’s retirement, insurance and other compensation or benefit plans, programs and arrangements as in effect immediately prior to the Date of Termination or, if more favorable to the Executive, as in effect immediately prior to the occurrence of the first event or circumstance constituting Good Reason.

6. Severance Payments and Benefits; Vesting of Stock Awards.

6.1 Severance. Subject to the Executive’s execution of and the effectiveness of a General Release in a form substantially the same as the release attached as Exhibit A hereto (the “Release”) within twenty-eight (28) days of the Date of Termination (if after a Change in Control), or within twenty-eight (28) days of the Change in Control (if during a Potential Change in Control Period), if a Terminating Event occurs within eighteen (18) months following a Change in Control (or during a Potential Change in Control Period provided that a Change in Control takes place within 18 months thereafter) and during the Term, then the Company shall pay the Executive the amounts, and provide the Executive the benefits, described in this Section 6.1 (“Severance Payments”), in addition to any payments and benefits to which the Executive is entitled under Section 5. Subject to the provisions of Section 6.4 (“Section 409A”), the amounts set forth in subsections (A) and (B) of this Section 6.1 shall be paid in one lump sum payment no later than the thirtieth (30th) day following the Date of Termination provided, however, that if the Terminating Event is during a Potential Change in Control Period, or after the Change in Control but the Change in Control does not constitute a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company, within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, and the Executive otherwise has a contractual right to severance that is considered deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, such amount shall be paid in the same form (e.g., lump sum, salary continuation, etc.) as set forth in such contract beginning with the first payroll date that occurs thirty (30) days after the Date of Termination. Except as described above or in Section 9.1 (“Successors; Binding Agreement”), the Executive shall not be entitled to benefits pursuant to this Section 6.1 unless a Change in Control shall have occurred during the Term.

(A) The Company shall pay to the Executive a lump sum severance payment, in cash, equal to one and one half (1.5) times the sum of (i) the Base Salary, and (ii) the Target Bonus Amount in respect of the fiscal year in which the Date of Termination occurs (without giving effect to any event or circumstance constituting Good Reason), assuming for this purpose attainment of 100% of any applicable target;

(B) Either:

(i) In the case of Executives who do not receive sales commission-based variable compensation, (a) an amount equal to the Executive’s bonus for any fiscal year ended prior to the year of termination, to the extent such bonus has not already been paid (whether due to deferral or otherwise), calculated in accordance with the associated bonus plan (provided that any portion of such bonus that is discretionary shall be paid using the assumption that Executive has satisfied all individual performance requirements necessary for full payment of any discretionary portion of such bonus), plus (b) an amount equal to the Executive’s Target Bonus Amount multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days elapsed between the beginning of such fiscal year and the date of termination reduced by any periods (expressed in days) for which amounts under such incentive bonus arrangement have already been paid in such year, and the denominator of which is 365; or

 

Change in Control Severance Agreement


(ii) In the case of Executives who receive sales commission-based variable compensation, an amount equal to (a) the Executive’s sales commission-based variable compensation for any fiscal year ended prior to the year of termination, to the extent such sales commission-based variable compensation has not already been paid (whether due to deferral or otherwise), plus (b) the target amount of sales commission-based variable compensation that could be earned by such Executive during the current fiscal year multiplied times a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days elapsed between the beginning of such fiscal year and the date of termination and the denominator of which is 365, reduced by the amount by which such incentive sales commission-based variable compensation is already payable or has already been paid in respect of such fiscal year;

(C) To the extent that the Company’s Annual Executive Bonus Plan or any successor plan in existence on the date the Executive’s employment is terminated calls for the potential payment of an award attributable to “over-achievement” performance goals (i.e., requiring the achievement of goals that exceed or are in addition to the goals required for the Executive to receive the target annual bonus) and the Company pays over-achievement bonuses to executives for the fiscal year in which Executive’s employment terminates, the Company shall pay to Executive a lump sum amount equal to the over-achievement bonus for such fiscal year that would have been paid to Executive had he or she been employed by the Company on the date that such over-achievement bonuses are first paid to other participants in such bonus plan. Said amount shall be paid to Executive not later than the date that such over-achievement bonuses are first paid to other participants in said bonus plan;

(D) For the eighteen (18) month period immediately following the Date of Termination, the Company shall arrange to provide the Executive and his dependents health and dental insurance benefits comparable in all material respects to those in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control, on the same terms and conditions as though the Executive had remained an active employee. The cost of providing the benefits set forth in this Section 6.1(D) shall be in addition to (and shall not reduce) the Severance Payments; provided, that if the plan or program in question, or applicable law, provides for a longer period of coverage following termination of employment, then the Executive shall receive this additional period of coverage pursuant to the terms and conditions as set forth in the plan or program or as prescribed by applicable law. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this subsection, if the Executive becomes reemployed by another employer and is eligible (together with his or her dependents) for medical or dental insurance coverage that is substantially equivalent (as to extent of coverage and Executive’s cost) to the coverage of the same type that he or she (and his or her dependents) were entitled to receive under this subsection, the Company’s obligation to the Executive and his or her dependents under this subsection shall cease with respect to that type of coverage; and

(E) The Company shall pay the cost of providing the Executive with outplacement services up to a maximum of $45,000, provided that (i) the Executive begins to utilize such services within six months following the Date of Termination and completes the

 

Change in Control Severance Agreement


utilization of such services no later than the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year that contains the Date of Termination, and (ii) such services are provided by an outplacement provider approved by the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned). Such payment shall be made by the Company directly to the service provider promptly following the provision of such services and the presentation to the Company of documentation of the provision of such services.

6.2 Vesting of Stock Awards. Subject to the Executive’s execution of the Release and the effectiveness of the Release within twenty-eight (28) days of the Date of Termination, if a Terminating Event occurs during a Potential Change in Control Period or within eighteen (18) months following a Change in Control and in either case during the Term, anything contained in any applicable option agreement or stock-based award agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, vesting of all stock options and other stock-based awards (other than any award under the Company’s Employee Stock Purchase Program) granted to the Executive by the Company and outstanding immediately prior to such Terminating Event shall immediately accelerate and all such awards shall become fully vested and exercisable effective immediately prior to the Date of Termination.

6.3 Best Net Benefit Limitation.

(A) Anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if any of the payments or benefits received or to be received by the Executive (whether pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other plan, arrangement or agreement with the Company, any Person whose actions result in a Change in Control or any Person affiliated with the Company or such Person) (all such payments and benefits being hereinafter referred to as the “Total Payments”) will be subject to the Excise Tax, the following provisions shall apply:

(i) If the Total Payments, reduced by the sum of (a) the Excise Tax and (b) the total of the Federal, state, and local income and employment taxes payable by the Executive on the amount of the Total Payments which are in excess of the Threshold Amount, are greater than or equal to the Threshold Amount, the Executive shall be entitled to the full benefits payable under this Agreement.

(ii) If the Threshold Amount is less than (a) the Total Payments, but greater than (b) the Total Payments reduced by the sum of (1) the Excise Tax and (2) the total of the Federal, state and local income and employment taxes on the amount of the Total Payments which are in excess of the Threshold Amount, then the benefits payable under this Agreement shall be reduced (but not below zero) to the extent necessary so that the maximum Total Payments shall not exceed the Threshold Amount. In such event, the Executive will be permitted to request which component items of the Payment will be reduced, provided, however, that the Executive must provide to the Company in writing his or her request within a reasonable time period established by the Company and the Company must in its discretion consent to such request (said consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned) and absent such a request, the Company shall make its own determinations with respect to which items of the Total Payments are to be reduced. To the extent any payment is to be made over time (e.g., in installments), then the payments shall be reduced in reverse chronological order.

 

Change in Control Severance Agreement


(B) The determination as to which of the alternative provisions of subsection (A) above shall apply to the Executive shall be made by a nationally recognized accounting firm selected by the Company (the “Accounting Firm”), which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive within fifteen (15) business days of the Date of Termination, if applicable, or at such earlier time as is reasonably requested by the Company or the Executive. For purposes of determining which of the alternative provisions of subsection (A) above shall apply, the Executive shall be deemed to pay Federal income taxes at the highest marginal rate of Federal income taxation applicable to individuals for the calendar year in which the determination is to be made, and state and local income taxes at the highest marginal rates of individual taxation in the state and locality of the Executive’s residence on the Date of Termination, net of the maximum reduction in Federal income taxes which could be obtained from deduction of such state and local taxes. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Executive.

6.4 Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that any payment or benefit described in this Agreement constitutes “non-qualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, and to the extent that such payment or benefit is payable upon the Executive’s termination of employment, then such payments or benefits shall only be payable upon the Executive’s “Separation from Service.” The term “Separation from Service” shall mean the Executive’s “separation from service” from the Company, an affiliate of the Company or a successor entity within the meaning set forth in Section 409A of the Code, determined in accordance with the presumptions set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h). If the Executive is considered a “specified employee,” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code on his Date of Termination and severance payable hereunder is considered deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code, no severance payments will be paid during the six-month period following the Executive’s Separation from Service. Any severance amount that would have been paid during such six-month period but for the provisions of the preceding sentence shall be paid in a lump sum within the first five (5) days of the seventh month following the Executive’s Separation from Service. If any such delayed cash payment is otherwise payable on an installment basis, the first payment shall include a catch-up payment covering amounts that would otherwise have been paid during the six-month period but for the application of this provision, and the balance of the installments shall be payable in accordance with their original schedule.

6.5 Source of Payment. Nothing herein shall be construed as establishing a trust or as requiring the Company to set aside funds to meet its obligations hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Board in its sole discretion so determines the Company may establish a so-called “rabbi trust” or similar arrangement to assist it in meeting any such obligations that it may have.

7. Termination Procedures and Compensation During Dispute.

7.1 Notice of Termination. After a Change in Control, any purported termination of the Executive’s employment (other than by reason of death) shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination from one party hereto to the other party hereto in accordance with Section 10 (“Notices”). For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of

 

Change in Control Severance Agreement


Termination” shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail any facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated. Further, a Notice of Termination for Cause is required to include a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than two-thirds (2/3) of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board which was called and held for the purpose of considering such termination (after reasonable notice to the Executive and an opportunity for the Executive, together with the Executive’s counsel, to be heard before the Board) finding that, in the good faith opinion of the Board, the Executive was guilty of conduct set forth in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of the definition of Cause herein, and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

7.2 Date of Termination. “Date of Termination,” with respect to any purported termination of the Executive’s employment after a Change in Control, shall mean (i) if the Executive’s employment is terminated for Disability, thirty (30) days after Notice of Termination is given (provided that the Executive shall not have returned to the full-time performance of the Executive’s duties during such thirty (30) day period), and (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated for any other reason, the date specified in the Notice of Termination (which, in the case of a termination by the Company, shall not be less than fifteen (15) days (except in the case of a termination for Cause) and, in the case of a termination by the Executive, shall not be less than fifteen (15) days, respectively, from the date such Notice of Termination is given). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Executive gives a Notice of Termination to the Company, the Company may unilaterally accelerate the Date of Termination and such acceleration shall not result in a “Termination by the Company” for purposes of this Agreement.

7.3 Dispute Concerning Termination. If within ten (10) days after any Notice of Termination is given, or, if later, prior to the Date of Termination (as determined without regard to this Section 7.3), the party receiving such Notice of Termination notifies the other party that a dispute exists concerning the termination, the Date of Termination, and if necessary to accommodate extension of the Date of Termination, the Term, shall be extended until the date on which the dispute is finally resolved, either by mutual written agreement of the parties or by a final judgment, order or decree of an arbitrator or a court of competent jurisdiction (which is not appealable or with respect to which the time for appeal therefrom has expired and no appeal has been perfected); provided, however, that the Date of Termination shall be extended by a notice of dispute given by the Executive only if such notice is given in good faith and the Executive pursues the resolution of such dispute with reasonable diligence.

7.4 Compensation During Dispute. If the Date of Termination is extended in accordance with Section 7.3 (“Dispute Concerning Termination”), the Company shall continue to pay the Executive the full amount of the highest compensation in effect at any time from the date immediately prior to the Change in Control through the date when the notice giving rise to the dispute was given (including, but not limited to, the Base Salary) and continue the Executive as a participant in all compensation, benefit and insurance plans in which the Executive was participating when the notice giving rise to the dispute was given, until the Date of Termination, as determined in accordance with Section 7.3. Amounts paid under this Section 7.4 are in addition to all other amounts due under this Agreement (other than those due under Section 5 (“Termination Following a Change in Control”)) and shall not be offset against or reduce any other amounts due under this Agreement.

 

Change in Control Severance Agreement


7.5 Legal Fees and Expenses. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Executive from and against, and shall pay to the Executive, all reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred by the Executive in disputing in good faith any issue relating to this Agreement or the enforcement thereof, including but not limited to issues relating to the termination of the Executive’s employment, in seeking in good faith to obtain or enforce any benefit or right provided by this Agreement or in connection with any tax audit or proceeding to the extent attributable to the application of Section 4999 of the Code to any payment or benefit provided hereunder. Such payments shall be made within five (5) business days after delivery of the Executive’s written requests for payment accompanied with such evidence of fees and expenses incurred as the Company reasonably may require.

8. No Mitigation. If the Executive’s employment with the Company terminates following a Change in Control, the Executive is not required to seek other employment or to attempt in any way to reduce any amounts payable to the Executive by the Company pursuant to Section 6 (“Severance Payments and Benefits; Vesting of Stock Awards”) or Section 7.4 (“Compensation During Dispute”). Except as set forth in Subsection 6.1(D), the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in this Agreement shall not be reduced by any compensation earned by the Executive as the result of employment by another employer, by retirement benefits, by offset against any amount claimed to be owed by the Executive to the Company, or otherwise.

9. Successors; Binding Agreement.

9.1 In addition to any obligations imposed by law upon any successor to the Company, the Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. Failure of the Company to obtain such assumption and agreement prior to the effectiveness of any such succession shall be a breach of this Agreement and shall entitle the Executive to compensation from the Company in the same amount and on the same terms as the Executive would be entitled to hereunder if the Executive were to terminate the Executive’s employment for Good Reason after a Change in Control and during the Term, except that, for purposes of implementing the foregoing, the date on which any such succession becomes effective shall be deemed the Date of Termination.

9.2 This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If the Executive shall die while any amount would still be payable to the Executive hereunder (other than amounts which, by their terms, terminate upon the death of the Executive) if the Executive had continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to the Executive’s beneficiary designated in writing to the Company prior to his death (or to the executors, personal representatives or administrators of the Executive’s estate, if the Executive fails to make such designation).

10. Notices. For the purpose of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in the Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the last known residence address of the Executive or in the case of

 

Change in Control Severance Agreement


the Company, to its principal office to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company with a copy to its Secretary, or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notice of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

11. Effect on Other Plans. An election by the Executive to resign for Good Reason after a Change in Control (or during a Potential Change in Control Period) under the provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed a voluntary termination of employment by the Executive for the purpose of interpreting the provisions of any of the Company’s benefit plans, programs or policies. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to limit the rights of the Executive under the Company’s benefit plans, programs or policies except as otherwise provided in Section 6.3 (“Best Net Benefit Limitation”) hereof, and except that the Executive shall have no rights to any severance benefits under any Company severance pay plan or arrangement (other than this Agreement) in connection with the occurrence of a Terminating Event within eighteen (18) months following a Change in Control and during the Term, and if the Executive is party to an employment agreement with the Company providing for change in control or severance payments or benefits (whether or not related to a Change in Control), the Executive will receive the benefits payable under this Agreement and not under the employment agreement. In the event that (i) a Terminating Event occurs during a Potential Change in Control Period and (ii) the Executive receives severance payments pursuant to an employment agreement or any Company severance pay plan or arrangement (other than this Agreement) in connection with the occurrence of a Terminating Event, then any severance payments subsequently payable pursuant to this Agreement shall be reduced by the amount of the severance payments previously made by the Company pursuant to such other program, plan or agreement, and thereafter Executive shall receive severance payments and other benefits solely pursuant to this Agreement.

12. No Offset. Except as expressly provided in Section 11 (“Effect on Other Plans”), the Company’s obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise perform its obligations hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstances, including, without limitation, any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which the Company or any of its affiliates may have against the Executive or others whether by reason of the Executive’s breach of this Agreement, subsequent employment of the Executive, or otherwise.

13. Miscellaneous. No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Executive and such officer as may be specifically designated by the Board. No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of, or of any lack of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. This Agreement supersedes any other agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof which have been made by either party; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not supersede any agreement setting forth the terms and conditions of the Executive’s employment with the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, except as expressly agreed to by the Executive and the Company in writing. The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts without regard to provisions or principles thereof relating to conflicts of laws. All

 

Change in Control Severance Agreement


references to sections of the Exchange Act or the Code shall be deemed also to refer to any successor provisions to such sections. Any payments provided for hereunder shall be paid net of any applicable withholding required under federal, state or local law and any additional withholding to which the Executive has agreed. The respective obligations of the Company and the Executive under this Agreement which by their nature may require either partial or total performance after the expiration of the Term (including, without limitation, those under Sections 6, 7 and 17) shall survive such expiration.

14. Validity. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

15. Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all other prior or contemporaneous agreements and understandings, inducements or conditions, express or implied, oral or written, between Executive and the Company relating to the subject matter of the Agreement. All such other prior or contemporaneous agreements and understandings, inducements or conditions shall be deemed terminated effective immediately.

16. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

17. Settlement of Disputes; Arbitration.

17.1 All claims by the Executive for payments and benefits under this Agreement prior to a Change in Control shall be directed to and determined in the first instance by the Board and shall be in writing. Any denial by the Board of a claim for benefits under this Agreement shall be delivered to the Executive in writing and shall set forth the specific reasons for the denial and the specific provisions of this Agreement relied upon. The Board shall afford a reasonable opportunity to the Executive for a review of the decision denying a claim and shall further allow the Executive to appeal to the Board a decision of the Board within sixty (60) days after notification by the Board that the Executive’s claim has been denied, such appeal to be resolved not less than 15 days after submission thereof by the Executive.

17.2 Any dispute that remains unresolved after the procedure set forth in Section 16.1, and any other dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration in Boston, Massachusetts in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect; provided, however, that the evidentiary standards set forth in this Agreement shall apply. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Executive shall be entitled to specific performance of the Executive’s right to be paid during the pendency of any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement.

18. Litigation and Regulatory Cooperation. During and after the Executive’s employment, the Executive shall cooperate reasonably with the Company in the defense or prosecution of any claims or actions now in existence or which may be brought in the future against or on behalf of the Company which relate to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Company, other than claims relating to this agreement or which are made by the Company and are or may be adverse to the Executive. The Executive’s

 

Change in Control Severance Agreement


full cooperation in connection with such claims or actions shall include, but not be limited to, being available to meet with counsel to prepare for discovery or trial, to act as a witness on behalf of the Company, and if called to testify, to testify truthfully and in good faith about events that happened during the Executive’s employment. During and after the Executive’s employment, the Executive also shall cooperate fully with the Company in connection with any investigation or review of any federal, state or local regulatory authority as any such investigation or review relates to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Company. The Company shall make reasonable efforts to schedule any cooperation required pursuant to this Section 17 at such times that will not unreasonably interfere with the Executive’s search for other employment or performance of other employment services. The Company shall reimburse the Executive for reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the Executive’s performance of obligations pursuant to this Section 17 based on the standards and procedures applicable to expense reimbursement for the Company’s employees.

19. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below:

19.1 “Base Salary” shall mean the annual base salary in effect for the Executive immediately prior to the Terminating Event or, if higher, his or her annual base salary as determined immediately prior to the Change in Control).

19.2 “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

19.3 “Cause” for termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment shall mean (i) the willful and continued failure by the Executive (other than any such failure resulting from (A) the Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness, (B) any such actual or anticipated failure after the issuance of a Notice of Termination by the Executive for Good Reason or (C) the Company’s active or passive obstruction of the performance of the Executive’s duties and responsibilities) to perform substantially the duties and responsibilities of the Executive’s position with the Company after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Executive by the Board, which demand specifically identifies the manner in which the Board believes that the Executive has not substantially performed such duties or responsibilities; (ii) the conviction of the Executive by a court of competent jurisdiction for felony criminal conduct or a plea of nolo contendere to a felony; or (iii) the willful engaging by the Executive in fraud, dishonesty or other misconduct which is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company or its reputation, monetarily or otherwise. No act, or failure to act, on the Executive’s part shall be deemed “willful” unless committed, or omitted by the Executive in bad faith and without reasonable belief that the Executive’s act or failure to act was in, or not opposed to, the best interest of the Company.

19.4 A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if any of the events set forth in any one of the following paragraphs shall have occurred:

(A) any Person, together with all “affiliates” and “associates” (as such terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act) of such Person, shall become the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing thirty percent (30%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities having the right to vote in an election of the Company’s Board (“Voting Securities”) (in such case other than as a result of an acquisition of securities directly from the Company or an acquisition of securities involving a Corporate Transaction of the type described in the exclusion set forth in subsection (C) below); or

 

Change in Control Severance Agreement


(B) persons who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason, including, without limitation, as a result of a tender offer, proxy contest, merger or similar transaction, to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director of the Company subsequent to the date hereof shall be considered an Incumbent Director if such person’s election was approved by or such person was nominated for election by either (i) a vote of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors or (ii) a vote of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors who are members of a nominating committee comprised, in the majority, of Incumbent Directors; but provided further, that any such person whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of members of the Board or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board, including by reason of agreement intended to avoid or settle any such actual or threatened contest or solicitation, shall not be considered an Incumbent Director; or

(C) the consummation of a consolidation, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a “Corporate Transaction”); excluding, however, a Corporate Transaction in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to the Corporate Transaction, would, immediately after the Corporate Transaction, beneficially own (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, shares representing in the aggregate more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting shares of the corporation issuing cash or securities in the Corporate Transaction (or of its ultimate parent corporation, if any).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a “Change in Control” of the Company shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of the foregoing subsection (A) solely as the result of an acquisition of securities by the Company that, by reducing the number of shares of Voting Securities outstanding, increases the proportionate number of shares of Voting Securities beneficially owned by any Person to thirty percent (30%) or more of the combined voting power of all then outstanding Voting Securities; provided, however, that if any Person referred to in this sentence shall thereafter become the beneficial owner of any additional shares of Voting Securities (other than pursuant to a stock split, stock dividend, or similar transaction or as a result of an acquisition of securities directly from the Company) and immediately thereafter beneficially owns thirty percent (30%) or more of the combined voting power of all then outstanding Voting Securities, then a Change in Control of the Company shall be deemed to have occurred for purposes of the foregoing subsection (A).

Anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, no Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred for purposes of this Agreement by virtue of any transaction which results in the Executive, or a “group” (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) which includes the Executive, becoming the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing thirty percent (30%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

19.5 “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

Change in Control Severance Agreement


19.6 “Company” shall mean Mercury Computer Systems, Inc. and, except in determining under Section 18.4 whether or not any Change in Control of the Company has occurred, shall include any successor to its business and/or assets which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law, or otherwise.

19.7 “Date of Termination” (i) with respect to any purported termination of the Executive’s employment after a Change in Control, shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.2 and (ii) with respect to the termination of the Executive’s employment during a Potential Change in Control Period, shall mean the date upon which the Executive or the Company provides notice to the other of the Terminating Event or, if later, the date of effectiveness of such Terminating Event as specified in such notice.

19.8 “Disability” shall be deemed the reason for the termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment, if, as a result of the Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness, the Executive shall have been absent from the full-time performance of the Executive’s duties with the Company for a period of one hundred eighty (180) calendar days in the aggregate in any twelve (12) month period, the Company shall have given the Executive a Notice of Termination for Disability, and, within thirty (30) days after such Notice of Termination is given, the Executive shall not have returned to the full-time performance of the Executive’s duties. Any question as to the existence of the Executive’s Disability upon which the Executive and the Company cannot agree shall be determined by a qualified independent physician selected by the Executive (or, if the Executive is unable to make such selection, it shall be made by any adult member of the Executive’s immediate family), and approved by the Company. The determination of such physician made in writing to the Company and to the Executive shall be final and conclusive for all purposes of this Agreement, absent fraud.

19.9 “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

19.10 “Excise Tax” shall mean any excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code, and any interest or penalties incurred by the Executive with respect to such excise tax.

19.11 “Executive” shall mean the individual named in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

19.12 “Good Reason” for termination by the Executive of the Executive’s employment shall mean the occurrence (without the Executive’s express written consent) after any Change in Control, or during a Potential Change in Control Period (treating all references in subsections (A) through (F) below to a “Change in Control” as including references to a “Potential Change in Control”), of any one of the following acts by the Company, or failures by the Company to act, unless, in the case of any act or failure to act described in subsection (A), (B), (C), (D) or (E) below, such act or failure to act is corrected prior to the Date of Termination specified in the Notice of Termination given in respect thereof:

(A) an adverse change in the Executive’s status, position, title, reporting relationship, authority, duties or responsibilities with the Company as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control, including, without limitation, any adverse change as a result of a diminution of the Executive’s duties or responsibilities or the assignment to the Executive of any duties or responsibilities which are inconsistent with such status or position(s), or any removal of the Executive from, or any failure to reappoint or reelect the Executive to, such position(s);

 

Change in Control Severance Agreement


(B) a reduction in the Executive’s Base Salary;

(C) the failure of the Company to maintain the Executive’s participation in a bonus or incentive plan that provides for an annual target bonus not lower than the Executive’s Target Bonus Amount (at a payout factor of one) for the fiscal year in which the Change in Control occurs, including but not limited to any reduction in the reasonable ability of the participant to achieve the targets in relation to the Company’s then effective operating plan;

(D) the failure by the Company to maintain the Executive’s participation in any thrift, pension, profit sharing, medical, health, disability, accident, life insurance and vacation plan or policy on terms and with benefits, individually and in the aggregate, not less favorable than those provided by the Company immediately prior to the Change in Control;

(E) the Company requiring the Executive to be based at an office that is greater than 30 miles from where the Executive’s office is located immediately prior to the Change in Control except for required travel on the Company’s business to an extent substantially consistent with the business travel obligations which the Executive undertook on behalf of the Company prior to the Change in Control;

(F) any purported termination of the Executive’s employment which is not effected pursuant to a Notice of Termination satisfying the requirements of Section 7.1; for purposes of this Agreement, no such purported termination shall be effective.

The Executive’s right to terminate the Executive’s employment for Good Reason shall not be affected by the Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness. The Executive’s continued employment shall not constitute consent to, or a waiver of rights with respect to, any act or failure to act constituting Good Reason hereunder.

For purposes of any determination regarding the existence of Good Reason, any claim by the Executive that Good Reason exists shall be presumed to be correct unless the Company establishes to the Board by clear and convincing evidence that Good Reason does not exist.

19.13 “Notice of Termination” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.

19.14 “Person” shall have the meaning given in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as modified and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, except that such term shall not include (i) the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any trustee, fiduciary or other person or entity holding securities under any employee benefit plan or trustee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

19.15 “Potential Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if the event set forth in any one of the following subsections shall have occurred:

(A) the Company enters into an agreement, the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of a Change in Control;

(B) the Company or any Person publicly announces an intention to take or to consider taking actions which, if consummated, would constitute a Change in Control;

(C) any Person becomes the beneficial owner (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 15% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; or

 

Change in Control Severance Agreement


(D) the Board adopts a resolution to the effect that, for purposes of this Agreement, a Potential Change in Control has occurred.

19.16 “Potential Change in Control Period” shall commence upon the occurrence of a Potential Change in Control and shall lapse upon the occurrence of a Change in Control or, if earlier (i) with respect to a Potential Change in Control occurring pursuant to Section 18.15(A), immediately upon the abandonment or termination of the applicable agreement, (ii) with respect to a Potential Change in Control occurring pursuant to Section 18.15(B), immediately upon a public announcement by the applicable party that such party has abandoned its intention to take or consider taking actions which if consummated would result in a Change in Control or (iii) with respect to a Potential Change in Control occurring pursuant to Section 18.15(C) or (D), upon the one year anniversary of the occurrence of a Potential Change in Control (or such earlier date as may be determined by the Board).

19.17 “Retirement” shall be deemed the reason for the termination by the Executive of the Executive’s employment if such employment is terminated because of the Executive’s retirement on or after attaining the minimum age, completing the minimum number of years of service and satisfying all other conditions specified for retirement status under the Company’s Retirement Policy Statement.

19.18 “Severance Payments” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.

19.19 “Target Bonus Amount” shall mean the sum of (i) the target annual bonus set forth in writing and available to the Executive immediately prior to the Change in Control (or, if higher, the Executive’s target annual bonus for the fiscal year in which the Date of Termination occurs) under the Company’s Annual Executive Bonus Plan or any successor plan, excluding any portion of such target annual bonus or any other award thereunder attributable to “over-achievement” performance goals (i.e., requiring the achievement of goals that exceed or are in addition to the goals required for the Executive to receive the target annual bonus) approved by the Compensation Committee or the Board, and (ii) the target annual bonus set forth in writing and available to the Executive upon the satisfaction of any individual performance objectives approved by the Compensation Committee or the Board for the Executive as part of a “management-by-results” process (i.e., MBRs).

19.20 “Term” shall mean the period of time described in Section 2 (including any extension, continuation or termination described therein).

19.21 “Terminating Event” shall mean termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company, other than (a) by the Company for Cause, (b) by reason of death or Disability, or (c) by the Executive without Good Reason.

19.22 “Threshold Amount” shall mean three times the Executive’s “base amount” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder, less one dollar ($1.00).

19.23 “Total Payments” shall mean those payments so described in Section 6.3.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

Change in Control Severance Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned officer, on behalf of Mercury Computer Systems, Inc., and the Executive have hereunto set their hands as an agreement under seal, all as of the date first above written.

 

MERCURY COMPUTER SYSTEMS, INC.
By:  

 

  Mark Aslett
  President and Chief Executive Officer

 

EXECUTIVE:

 

Name:  

 

 

Change in Control Severance Agreement


Exhibit A

General Release of Claims

In exchange for and as a condition to Mercury Computer Systems, Inc.’s (the “Company”) promises to me contained in the Change in Control Severance Agreement between the Company and me (the “Agreement”), I agree as follows:

I hereby irrevocably and unconditionally release, acquit and forever discharge the Company, its predecessors, successors, affiliates, other related entities and assigns, and the directors, officers, employees, shareholders, and representatives of any of the foregoing, and any persons acting on behalf or through any of the foregoing (any and all of whom or which are hereinafter referred to as the “Company”), from any and all charges, complaints, claims, liabilities, obligations, promises, agreements, controversies, damages, actions, causes of action, suits, rights, demands, costs, losses, debts and expenses (including attorney’s fees and costs actually incurred), of any nature whatsoever, known or unknown (collectively, “Claims”), that I now have, own, or hold, or claim to have, own, or hold, or that I at any time had, owned, or held, or claimed to have had, owned or held against the Company. This general release of Claims includes, without implication of limitation, the complete release of all Claims of breach of express or implied contract, including, without limitation, all Claims arising from any employment offer letter from the Company; all Claims of wrongful termination of employment whether in contract or tort; all Claims based on actions or omissions leading to this General Release of Claims; all Claims of intentional, reckless, or negligent infliction of emotional distress; all Claims of breach of any express or implied covenant of employment, including the covenant of good faith and fair dealing; all Claims of interference with contractual or advantageous relations, whether those relations are prospective or existing; all Claims of deceit or misrepresentation; all Claims of discrimination under state or federal law, including, without implication of limitation, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 42 U.S.C. § 2000e et seq., as amended, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, 29 U.S.C. § 621 et seq., as amended, and Chapter 151B of the Massachusetts General Laws; all Claims of defamation or damage to reputation; all Claims for reinstatement; all Claims for punitive or emotional distress damages; all Claims for wages, bonuses, severance, back or front pay or other forms of compensation; and all Claims for attorney’s fees and costs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this General Release of Claims shall not be construed to include a release of Claims that arise from or relate to the Company’s obligations under the Agreement.

I acknowledge that I have been advised to consult with an attorney before signing this General Release.

I further understand that I have been given an adequate opportunity, if I so desired, to consider this General Release for up to twenty-one (21) days before deciding whether to sign it. If I signed this General Release before the expiration of that twenty-one (21) day period, I acknowledge that such decision was entirely voluntary. I understand that for a period of seven (7) days after I execute this General Release I have the right to revoke it by a written notice to be received by the Director, Human Resources of the Company by the end of that period. I also understand that this General Release shall not be effective or enforceable until the expiration of that period.

 

General Release of Claims


Notwithstanding the foregoing, I agree that nothing in this General Release of Claims is intended to affect any of my obligations that continue after the termination of my employment contained in the Agreement or in any written agreement entered into between the Company and me with respect to confidentiality, ownership of inventions, non-competition and/or non-solicitation.

I represent and agree that I have carefully read and fully understand all of the provisions of this General Release and that I am voluntarily agreeing to such provisions.

 

 

Date:  

 

 

General Release of Claims

Compensation Policy for Non-Employee Directors

Exhibit 10.10

MERCURY COMPUTER SYSTEMS, INC.

Compensation Policy for Non-Employee Directors

Objective

It is the objective of Mercury to compensate non-employee directors in a manner which will enable recruitment and retention of highly qualified directors and fairly compensate them for their services as a director.

Philosophy

Board of Director compensation includes cash and equity. It is annually reviewed by the Compensation Committee with recommendations to the Board. This review includes:

 

   

a market survey of Board compensation to peer companies at the 50th and 75th percentiles;

 

   

a review of Board and Committee meeting frequency;

 

   

Board member personal preparation time for Board and Committee meetings; and

 

   

Board member responsibilities.

The Board targets its annual cash and equity compensation to the 75th percentile of the market.

Cash Compensation

 

Annual retainer for non-employee directors:

     $55,000 per annum, paid quarterly   

Additional annual retainers:

  

Independent Chairman:

     $45,000 per annum, paid quarterly   

Chairman of the Audit Committee:

     $19,000 per annum, paid quarterly   

Chairman of the Compensation Committee:

     $15,000 per annum, paid quarterly   

Chairman of the N&G Committee:

     $10,500 per annum, paid quarterly   

Directors are entitled to be reimbursed for their reasonable expenses incurred in connection with attendance at Board and committee meetings.

Quarterly retainer payments shall be paid in arrears within 30 days following the end of each quarter. The full quarterly retainer shall be paid to each director who served on the Board during all or a portion of a quarter.


Equity Compensation

New non-employee directors will be granted equity awards in connection with their first election to the Board. These awards will be granted by the Board of Directors and will consist of shares of restricted stock with a grant date fair value equal to three times the annual retainer for non-employee directors. These awards will vest as to 50% of the covered shares on each of the first two anniversaries of the date of grant.

Non-employee directors may also receive annual restricted stock awards for the number of shares of common stock equal to $100,000 divided by the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. These awards will vest as to 50% of the covered shares on the date of grant and as to the remaining covered shares on the first anniversary of the date of grant.

Non-employee directors will not be eligible to receive an annual restricted stock for the fiscal year in which they are first elected. Non-employee directors who are first elected to the Board during the first half of Company’s fiscal year will be eligible to receive an annual restricted stock award for the next fiscal year; otherwise, non-employee directors will not be eligible to receive their first annual restricted stock award until the second fiscal year following the fiscal year in which they are first elected to the Board.

Approved by the Board of Directors, as amended, on July 27, 2011.

Agreement with Gerald M. Haines II

Exhibit 10.13

March 1, 2010

Mr. Gerald Haines

57 Alderbrook Drive

Topsfield, Massachusetts 01983

Dear Gerry,

On behalf of Mercury Computer Systems, Inc., we are pleased to offer you the position of Senior Vice President Corporate Development and Chief Legal Officer, reporting to Mark Aslett, President, and CEO. You will receive a bi-weekly salary of $11,153.84. Based upon our current Annual Executive Bonus Plan, you will also be eligible to earn an annual target bonus equal to 60% of your base pay ($174,000), based on the achievement of individual objectives (25% weighting) and Mercury Computer Systems financial goals (75% weighting). The target bonus is paid annually, generally in August and is pro-rated for FY10 based on date of hire. You will be eligible for a salary review in FY 2011 along with the other members of the executive team. Any executive salary changes are recommended by Mark and approved by the Compensation Committee based upon the FY individual performance as well as internal and external pay relationships.

In addition to your target bonus, you will be eligible to participate with other senior executives in an FY2011 (commencing on July 1, 2010) Overachievement Award pool. Your target Over Achievement award is up to 60% of your base salary. This is based upon Mercury Computer Systems over achieving a budgeted financial target set by the Compensation Committee. This will be paid annually – 50% in cash generally in August and 50% to be paid out over a three year period of time.

In addition, you will be granted 55,000 shares of restricted stock. The shares will be granted on the 15th of the month following your date of hire. This stock grant has a four year vesting schedule. One fourth of the shares will vest on each anniversary of the grant date, provided that you remain employed by us or one of our subsidiaries as of each such date. Your restricted stock award will also be subject to the terms and conditions of Mercury’s 2005 Stock Incentive Plan and an award agreement between you and us.

You will be receiving a Change in Control Agreement that upon your signature will be in effect while you are employed with Mercury and subject to renewal as described in the current change in control document.

You will also receive a $50,000 (gross) hiring bonus upon commencement of Mercury employment. If within one year of joining Mercury you should leave other than for Good Reason or be terminated for Cause you agree to pay back this hiring bonus.

If during your employment following your date of hire you should lose your job as a result of job elimination for any reason other than Cause, or if you terminate your employment for Good Reason on your part, you will receive 12 months base pay, benefits continuation and executive outplacement.

“Cause” is defined to include: the willful and continued failure to perform substantially the duties and responsibilities of your position with Mercury after written demand or conviction by a court of competent jurisdiction for felony criminal conduct or a plea of nolo contendere to a felony; or the willful engaging in fraud, dishonesty or other misconduct which is demonstrably and materially injurious to Mercury or our reputation, monetarily or otherwise. No act, or failure to act, on your part will be deemed “willful” unless committed or omitted by you in bad faith and without reasonable belief that your act or failure to act was in, or not opposed to, the best interest of Mercury.

“Good Reason” is defined to include: a material diminution in your responsibilities, authority or duties as in effect on the date of the acceptance or a material diminution in your annual base salary, except for across-the-board salary reductions based on our financial performance similarly affecting all or substantially all senior management employees of Mercury; or a material change in the geographic location at which you provide services to Mercury.

In addition to your salary, Mercury offers a comprehensive benefits package, which includes health, dental, short and long-term disability, life insurance, educational reimbursement, and a 401K plan.


This offer is contingent upon you providing references and a successful background check. This offer of employment is contingent upon your signing and returning to us this offer letter and the enclosed Mercury Confidentiality Agreement prior to your start date.

This entire offer is also contingent upon the approval of the Mercury Compensation Committee.

If you have any questions or concerns relating to this document, they must be resolved prior to your start date.

Mercury is required to formally confirm the citizenship status of all new associates. On your first day, you will be required to provide proof of US citizenship (either passport or birth certificate) or your Green Card if you are a legal permanent resident of the U.S. If you are not a U.S. citizen or Green Card holder, please bring your passport and proof of U.S. employment eligibility. If your position requires access to classified information, you must be willing to be submitted for a security clearance. As a Federal contractor, Mercury is required to verify the employment eligibility of new employees using the government’s electronic verification system after acceptance of this offer and within 3 days of date of hire. Successful verification is necessary to confirm work authorization and continued employment.

By signing this offer letter you acknowledge that you understand and agree to the following:

1. You are not under any contractual or other restriction that would prevent you from working for Mercury Computer Systems, Inc.;

2. All employment with Mercury Computer Systems, Inc. is at will, with either party free to terminate the employment relationship any time;

3. You must comply with the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986. This law requires you to establish your identity and employment eligibility. In order to satisfy these requirements, you will be required to complete Section 1 of the enclosed Employment Verification Form and bring the documents identified in Section 2 on your first day of work.

Gerry, we all look forward to your joining the Mercury executive leadership team. Together we will be able to realize our goals and accomplish great things. Please sign one copy of this offer letter and return to me in the enclosed envelope no later than March 5, 2010.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ Craig Saline
Craig Saline
Senior Vice President, Human Resources
Mercury Computer Systems, Inc.

 

/s/ Gerald M. Haines II

   

    3/3/10

Accepted     Date

T.B.D.

   
Start Date    
Subsidiaries of the Company

EXHIBIT 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

 

NAME

  

JURISDICTION OF ORGANIZATION

LNX Corporation

   Massachusetts

Mercury Federal Systems, Inc.

   Delaware

Riverneck Road, LLC

   Delaware

Nihon Mercury Computer Systems K.K.

   Japan

Mercury Computer Systems N.V.

   The Netherlands

Mercury Computer Systems Ltd.

   United Kingdom
Consent of KPMG LLP

EXHIBIT 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

Mercury Computer Systems, Inc.:

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (No. 333-53291, 333-52864, 333-101993, 333-112989, 333-112990, 333-124294, 333-129929, 333-139019, 333-139020, 333-149046, 333-156364, 333-163705, 333-163707 and 333-172775) on Form S-8 and the registration statement (No. 333-175978) on Form S-3 of Mercury Computer Systems, Inc. of our report dated August 18, 2011, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Mercury Computer Systems, Inc. and subsidiaries as of June 30, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows, for each of the years in the three-year period ended June 30, 2011, and the related consolidated financial statement Schedule II, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2011, which report appears in the June 30, 2011 annual report on Form 10-K of Mercury Computer Systems, Inc.

Our report dated August 18, 2011, on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2011, contains an explanatory paragraph that states management excluded from its assessment of the effectiveness of Mercury Computer Systems, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2011 LNX Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting associated with total assets of 12 percent and total revenues of 2 percent included in the consolidated financial statements of Mercury Computer Systems, Inc. and subsidiaries as of and for the year ended June 30, 2011.

Our report refers to the Company’s change in its method of accounting for revenue arrangements with multiple-deliverables entered into or substantially modified after July 1, 2009 to adopt FASB ASU No. 2009-13, Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements.

/s/ KPMG

Boston, Massachusetts

August 18, 2011

Certification of the CEO Pursuant to Section 302

EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Mark Aslett, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Mercury Computer Systems, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: August 18, 2011

 

/s/    MARK ASLETT        
Mark Aslett

PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

[PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER]

Certification of the CFO Pursuant to Section 302

EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Robert E. Hult, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Mercury Computer Systems, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: August 18, 2011

 

/s/    ROBERT E. HULT        
Robert E. Hult

SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT,

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER, AND TREASURER

[PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER]

Certification of CEO and CFO Pursuant to Section 906

EXHIBIT 32.1

Mercury Computer Systems, Inc.

Certification Pursuant To

18 U.S.C. Section 1350,

As Adopted Pursuant To

Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Mercury Computer Systems, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), we, Mark Aslett, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and Robert E. Hult, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Treasurer of the Company, certify, pursuant to Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code, that to our knowledge the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: August 18, 2011

 

/S/    MARK ASLETT        

Mark Aslett

PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

/S/    ROBERT E. HULT        

Robert E. Hult

SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT,

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER, AND TREASURER